Mm K I I Xs^ ^-^ ■ t&. fit-gat- //. PRACTICAL FRENCH ACCIDENCE; A COMPREHENSIVE GRAMMAR jsZ= FRENCH LANGUAGE ; PRACTICAL EXERCISES FOR WRITING, AND VERY COMPLETE AND SIMPLE RULES FOR PRONOUNCING, THE LANGUAGE. BY WILLIAM BENTLEY FOWLE, Principal of the Female Monitorial School, Boston ; Author of the French First Class Book, and Editor of the American Improved Edition of Boyer's French Pronouncing Dictionary. / / BOSTON: PRINTED FOR THE AUTHOR. 1337. • % Entered accordingUo Act of Congress, in the year 1837, w By William Bentley Fowle, In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts. ZOff STEREOTYPED AT THE BOSTON TYPE AND STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY. PREFACE. The great favor shown to the former editions of the Accidence and Exercises by many teachers, natives of France, as well as of the United States, has induced the author to attempt a more complete work, in which the simplicity and practical character of the former editions are preserved, and their deficiencies supplied. The author hopes that the humble title of his book will not lead any to undervalue it ; for he believes that it contains all that is essential to a learner in any of the grammars in common use, and much, very much, both in matter and arrangement, which is peculiar to itself. The early editions were in- tended as an introduction to the larger grammars ; but this is respectfully offered as a substitute, or, at least, a com- panion for them. The chief characteristics of this Grammar are, simplicity of plan and of explanation ; — the graduated application of practice to principles; — the illustration of both French and English by frequent comparisons of the two languages ; — and a careful adaptation of the whole work to the wants of the American teacher. The Grammar and Exercises commence with the sim- plest principles, and, as they advance, involve nothing with which the pupil has not previously been made acquainted. As ie^v Americans, of the many who study French, ever 4 PREFACE. expect to need its assistance in their intercourse with society, the author has been careful to make the study of this foreign language conducive to a right understanding of English. The far greater part of those who teach French in the United States, are Americans, whose knowl- edge of the language must often be very limited; and to these the author's own wants enable him to say this book is calculated to be eminently useful. In some respects, the work is not a mere compilation. The directions for ascertaining the gender of French nouns, the great stumbling-block of foreigners, will be found peculiar to this Grammar, and fully competent to effect the end proposed. The Table of the Conjugations, and the List of Irregular Verbs, are more complete than in any other grammar ; and the Elements of Pronunciation, ac- companied with Practical Exercises, will, it is believed, be of essential service to American teachers, as well as to those pupils who are obliged to study the language without an instructor. WILLIAM BENTLEY FOWLE. December > 1836. INDEX Page. NUMBER 7 Exercises on the Number of Nouns »•••* •* 10 GENDER ... 12 Exercises on the Gender of Nouns having Sex 13 Rules for ascertaining- the Gen- der of English Neuters 13 Exercises on English Neuters not ending in 6 16 Table for ascertaining the Gen- der of Nouns in e.. . .. 18 Exercises on English Neuters ending in unaccented e..... 18 CASE AND ARTICLES 19 Exercises on the Definite Article 22 Exercises on the same before Proper Names 28 Exercises on some peculiar Uses of this Article 29 TJie Partitive Article . . 31 Exercises on the Partitive Ar- ticle before Nouns 32 Exercises on the Partitive Ar- ticle before Adjectives.... 33 ADJECTIVES 5 Number of Ad- jectives 36 Exercises on the Number of Adjectives 37 Gender of Adjectives 37 Exercises on the Gender of Adjectives 40 Place of Adjectives 41 Exercises on Adjectives joined to Nouns 41 Exercises on Nouns having more than one Adjective 44 Exercises on Adjectives having more than one Noun 45 Comparison of Adjectives ..... 47 Exercises on the Comparison of Adjectives 47 Adjectives of Number and Or- der 55 Exercises on Numeral Ad- jectives 57 Exercises on Ordinal Ad- jectives 58 1* Page. VERBS .... 62 Table for conjugating Regular Verbs,.. opposite 64 Table -of Changeable Termi- nations of Verbs . . . . . 64 Exercises on the Tenses of Regular Verbs. ...... ..... 65 The Irregular Verb Avoir. . . 72 The Irregular Verb Eire...* 14> Exercises on Avoir and Eire 76 Compound Tenses of Verbs. . 78 Exercises on the Compound Tenses . .. 79 PRONOUNS, Personal 80 Exercises on the Personal Pronouns ......... 82 Conjunctive Pi-onouns 84 Exercises on Conjunctive Pronouns 87 Exercises on the same with Reflective Verbs .' 91 Adjective Pronouns ......... 96 Exercises on Adjective Pro- nouns 97 Possessive Pronouns 10] Exercises on Possessive Pro- nouns 103 Demonstrative Pronouns 104 Exercises on Demonstrative Pronouns 105 Relative Pronouns Ill Exercises on Relative Pro- nouns 112 Indefinite Pronouns 119 On, 120} Quiconque, 123 5 Quelqu'un, 124} Chacun, 125 ; Autrui, 128 5 Personne, 129 ; Rien, 130 5 L'un 1'au- tre, 131; L\m et Pautre, 132; L'un 011 l'antre, 134; Ni Tun ni P autre, 134 ; Quel, 135 ; Quelque, 136 ; Chaque, 136; Nul, Aucun, Pas un, 137; Autre, 140 ; Meme, 140 ; Tel, 141 ; Plusieurs, 142; Tout, 143; Quel-cmc, 147; Quoi-que, 148 ; Qui que ce soit, 148 ; Quelque-que, 149. Table of all the Pronouns. . . . 151 INDEX. Page. PARTICIPLES, Exercises on the Present 152 Perfect Participle, Exercises on it 154 NEGATIVES, conjugated with Verbs 157 Exercises on the Negatives with Verbs 158 UNIPERSONAL or IMPER- SONAL VERBS 160 Exercises on II fait, &c. 161 3 on // faut, 163 3 II y avoir, 164 3 Exercises on // 2/ avoir, 165. IRREGULAR VERBS 168 Exercises on Devoir 168 Pouvoir, 169 3 Vouloir 170 Shall, Will, &lq 171 Page. ADVERBS 173 Exercises on the Simple Ad- verbs 175 Negatives, 177 5 Que — Ne, Ne — Que, 178 3 Ne-pas or point, 178 3 Ne-janiais, 179 ; Non-pas, 180 5 De after Ad- verbs of Quantity, 180. PREPOSITIONS 181 Exercises on certain Preposi- tions 182 A, de, &c. 182 3 Avant and Devant, 183 5 En and Dans, 184 3 Cliez, 186. CONJUNCTIONS. Exercises on Ni — Ni 1 87 Ou—Ou,Soit—Soit,Et—Et 188 INTERJECTIONS 189 APPENDIX. Irregular Verbs of the 1st Con- jugation 190 Irregular Verbs of the 2d Con- jugation 192 Irregular Verbs of the 3d Con- jugation 200 Irregular Verbs of the 4th Con- jugation 204 List of all the IRREGULAR VERBS, with reference to the pages where they arc conju- gated at length.. i 216 List of all the French Words beginning with silent H.... 218 COMPOUND ADVERBS, AD- VERBIAL PHRASES, &c 220 Of Present and Past Time, 221 3 of Future Time, 222 3 of Unspecified Time. 222: Ad- verbs of Place, 221 3 of Man- ner and Order, 230 3 ofConfo- sion and Rashness, 231 ; of H;iste, Moderation, and Diffi- culty, 232 3 of Collection, Separation, and Quality, 233 3 of Comparison and Quanti- ty, 234 3 of Number, 235 3 of Affirmation, 236. List of Verbs allowing- no Arti- cle before the next Noun 5 Use of de, a, and pour, before Infinitives 250 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. Letters, 2563 Accents, 256; Vowels, 257 3 Consonants, 258 3 Lessons for Practice on the simple Vowels, 259 3 Com- pound Vowels, 262 5 Diph- thongs, 264 5 Nasal Vowels, 265 J Nasal Diphthongs, 267 5 Consonants at the Beginning of Syllables, 2f)7 % Pronunciation of Final Conso- nants 269 Final Consonants sounded... 269 Final Consonants not sounded. 270 Exceptions to General Rules.,, 275 THE PRACTICAL ACCIDENCE. WORDS. The words of the French language are usually divided into nouns, articles, adjectives, pronouns, verbs,* adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections. A noun is the name of a thing, whether it have sub- stance, as livre, book, or whether it be only ideal, as memoir e, memory. NUMBER. Nouns have two numbers, the singular and the plural, the same as in English, and the general rule for forming the plural is the same, viz. adding s to the singular ; as, livre, book ; livres, books ; but to this rule in French, as in English, there are some exceptions. Exceptions in forming the Plural* 1. Nouns ending in al or ail usually change these terminations into aux ; as, animal, animal ; animaux, animals. travail, labor; travaux, labors. But the following, in al and ail, take s in the regular way : — * The participle is usually considered to be a form of the verb. 9 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Bal) ball. Portail, portal. Pal, pale, (in heraldry .) Serail, seraglio. Bocal, jug. Camail, Capuchin cloak. Regal, noble treat. Attirail, train. Car naval, Shrovetide. Eventail, fan. Mail, mall. Epouvantail, scarecrow. Detail, detail or retail. Gouvernail, helm. 2. Nouns ending in au, eau, eu, ieu, ou, ceu, take x to form their plural ; as, rideau, curtain ; rideaux, curtains ; — feu, fire ; feux, fires, &c. The only exceptions are hibou, an owl ; matou, a male cat ; cou, the neck ; sou, a cent ; trou, a hole ; licou, a halter ; fou, a fool ; clou, a nail ; filou, a pick- pocket ; verrou, a bolt ; bleu, blue color ; which take an s in the regular way. 3. Nouns ending in s, x, or z, have the same termi- nation in both numbers ; as, lis, lily or lilies ; prix, prize or prizes ; nez, nose or noses. 4. Nouns of one syllable ending in nt, take an s in the regular way ; as, dent, tooth ; dents, teeth. Gent, a people, and cent, a hundred, become gens and cens. But if the noun consist of more than one syllable, the t is sometimes omitted ; as, enfant, child ; enfans, children. It is the practice of many good writers of the present day to retain the t in all cases. 5. The following nouns are very irregular : — a'ieul, grandfather a'ieux, grandfathers. ail, garlic aux or aulx, garlic roots. del, heaven cieux, heavens. oeil, eye yeux, eyes. monsieur, sir messieurs, gentlemen. mad a me, madam mesdames, ladies. monseigneur, my lord . . . messcigneurs, my lords. mademoiselle, miss mesdemoisellcs, young ladies. beiail, cattle bestiaux, cattle. 6. To these may be added compound nouns, which, NUMBER. y in taking the plural termination, observe the following rules : — When the compound noun is composed of a noun and an adjective, both take the plural termination ; as, gentil-homme, gentleman ; gentils-hommes, gentlemen, (I is liquid ;) (I is silent.) arc-boutant, a buttress ; arcs-boutans , buttresses. cerf-volant, a paper kite ; cerfs-volans, kites. When the compound noun is composed of two nouns and a preposition, the first noun only takes the plural termination ; as, Singular. ceil-de-bceuf, ciel-de-lit, jet-aVeau, arc-en-ciel, chef-d'ceuvre. Plural. ozils-de-bozuf.* ciels-de-lit.* jets-aVeau. arcs-en-ciel. chefs-oVozuvre. oval window, tester of a bed, fountain, rainbow, master-piece, When the compound noun is composed of a noun and a verb or preposition, the noun alone changes in the plural : — avant-coureur, forerunner, entresol, servant's room, abat-jour, sky-light, cure-dent, tooth -pick, garde-fou, rail of a bridge, garde-feu, fire-fender, avant-coureurs. entresols. abat-jours. cure-dents. garde-foux. garde-feux. All the above compound nouns are masculine. Now let the pupil practise upon the preceding rules by writing the plurals of the following nouns, thus : — Singular. Plural. grammaire, grammar ; grammaires, grammars ; dictionnaire, dictionary ; dictionnaires, dictionaries ; and so with the rest. * (Eil and ciel, in these compounds, form the plural regularly. When not compounded, their plurals are yeux and deux. 10 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. I. grammaire, grammar. dictionnaire, dictionary. del, heaven. bal, ball. animal, animal. aieul, grandfather. chou, cabbage. sou, cent. cheval, horse. detail, detail. eau, water. onde, wave. main, hand. bouche, mouth. noix, nut. lieu, place. mineral, mineral. feuille, leaf. gant, glove. clou, nail. bijou, jewel. cou, neck. bras, arm. jour, day. mere, mother. soeur, sister. eventail, fan. jils, son. prix, price. pont, bridge. II. commandement, commandment. dent, tooth. oeil, eye. nez, nose. arc-en-del, rainbow. doigt, finger. III. IV. serail, seraglio. monsieur, sir. chapeau, hat. feu, fire. batiment, building. genou, knee. mile, town. bail, lease. verite, truth. bateau, boat. Zicow, halter. pavement, paved floor. caillou, flint. hibou, owl. veeM, vow. raontf, hill. montagne, mountain, pays, country. palais, palace. ligament, ligament. madame, madam. cerf-volant, paper kite. lot, law. chameau, camel. NUMBER. VI chien, dog. taureau, bull. serpent, serpent. serment, oath. chat, cat. agneau, lamb. epoux, spouse. mademoiselle, miss. ours, bear. huitre, oyster. garde-feu, fire-fender, canard, duck. VII maison, house. ardoise, slate. correspondant, corres- cas, case. bocalj jug. [pondent. fou, fool. arc-boutant, buttress* manteau, cloak. eg-aZ, equal, /eve, bean. mal, evil. 0ow£, end. VIII. morceau, morsel. agrement, charm. monument, monument. berceau, cradle. general, general. os, bone. gaz, gas. bourg, borough. hup, wolf. g-eai, jay. moment, moment. monceau, heap. IX, seau, pail. cceur, heart. mail, mall, frw, hole. pourceau, hog. pou, louse. essieu, axle. j^eaw. scourge. vent, wind. 6rm7, noise. intendant, overseer. repas, repast. X. perplexite, perplexity. metier, trade. soleil, sun. centf, a hundred. oaZ, ball. belement, bleating. abat-jour, sky-light. monseigneur, lord. temps, time or weather. fosse, ditch or grave. noyau, stone of fruit. avis, opinion, u 12 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. GENDER. Nouns, in French, have but two genders ; there being no neater gender, as in English. All nouns or names applied to males are of the masculine gender \ all names applied to females are of the feminine gender, in both languages ; and, in French, the feminine noun that corresponds to the masculine, is generally formed by adding a silent e to the masculine ; thus, ami, male friend ; amie, female friend. a'ieul, grandfather; mettle, grandmother. babillard, male babbler ) babillarde, female babbler. berger, shepherd ; berger e, shepherdess. cousin, male cousin : cousine. female cousin. as, Some masculines ending in teur change teur into teuse , acheteur, male purchaser ; acheteuse, female purchaser. Other masculines ending in teur change teur into trice ; as, acteur, actor ; actrice, actress. If the masculine end in e accented, a silent e is added for the feminine ; as, marie, bridegroom ; mariee, bride. But if the masculine end in silent or unaccented e r the feminine is the same as the masculine ; as, esclave, a male or female slave. convive, a male or female guest. The pupil will recollect that no nouns but those having sex, can change their gender in this manner. Let the pupil write the following exercises thus : — Masculine. Femimnf. Anglois, Englishman ; Angloisc, Englishwoman. clive, male pupil ; eltve, female pupil, kc. GENDER. 13 XL Anglois, Englishman. protect eur* protector. eleve, male pupil. heritier, heir.J chcteur* elector. Americain, American. danseur,-\ dancing man. berger, shepherd. chanteur,\ male singer. marie, bridegroom. amant, male lover. bienfaiteur, benefactor. # fee, male fairy. XII. bourgeois, male citizen. mendiant, beggar man. balayeurjf male sweeper. montagnard, mountaineer. buveur,-\ male tippler. lecteur* male reader. consort, male partner. meurtrier, murderer. cousin, male cousin. jardinier, male gardener. aigle, male eagle. invent eur,* inventor. The gender of nouns whose sex is known, presents little or no difficulty to the English student. It is the gender of words ivithout sex that presents the most formidable obstacle he will have to encounter, since no satisfactory reason can be given why table, a table, should be feminine, and plat, a dish, masculine. The following rules, compiled with great care and labor, are believed to be very complete, simple, and compendious : — Masculine Terminations. 1. A. All nouns ending in A are masculine, except sepia, talpa, bandora, falacca, and vinula, no one of which is in common use. 2. B. All nouns ending in B are masculine. 3. C. All nouns ending in C are masculine. 4. D. All nouns ending in D are masculine. 5. E. All nouns ending in E accented are masculine, * Varied like acteur. t Varied like acheteur. $ The feminine of nouns ending in cr has a grave accent; thus, meunier, miller ; meuniere, miller's wife. 2 14 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. except pitie, pity; moitie, half; amitie, friendship ; inimitie, enmity. All in te are feminine, except pate, a pie ; cote, a side ; benedicite, the prayer before eating; cte, summer ; comite, committee ; comte, county ; traite, treatise or treaty. N. B. Nouns ending in silent or unaccented e will be attended to hereafter, and this rule has no reference to them. 6. F. All nouns ending in F are masculine, except soif, thirst, and clef, a key. 7. G. All nouns ending in G are masculine. 8. I. All nouns ending in I are masculine, except parol, when it means a wall ; lot, law ; foi, faith ; merci, mercy ; fourmi, ant ; apres-midi, afternoon. Midi is masculine. 9. L. All nouns ending in L are masculine. 10. M. All nouns ending in M are masculine, except faim, hunger. 11. N. Nouns ending in N are generally masculine. Exceptions. Words ending in ion and aison are feminine, excepting bastion, a bastion ; million, a million ; pion, pawn (at chess) ; septentrion, the north ; scion, a sprig ; scorpion, a scorpion ; talion, retaliation ; The following nouns in in and on are also feminine, viz. Jin, end. moisso?i, harvest. main, hand. foison, plenty. pamoison, swoon. garnison, garrison. prison, prison. guerison, healing. trahison, treason. boisson, drink. which are masculine. GENDER. chanson, song. legon, lesson. toison, fleece. fogon, manner rangon, ransom. 12. O. All nouns ending in are masculine. 13. P. All nouns ending in P are masculine. 14. Q. All nouns ending in Q are masculine. 15. R. All nouns ending in R are masculine, 15 except mer, sea ; miller, spoon ; chair, flesh ; cour, a court, and its compounds ; tour, the castle {at chess). All nouns ending in cur are femi- nine, except heur, luck ; bonheur, happiness ; malheur, misfortune ; honneur, honor ; des- honneur, dishonor ; pleurs, tears ; cceur, heart ; chozur, a choir ; and equateur, the equator. 16. S. All nouns ending in S are masculine, except souris, a mouse ; vis, a screw ; brebis, a ewe ; fleur-de-lis, flower-de-luce ; chauve-souris, a bat ; fois, a time ; and mceurs, manners. 17. T. All nouns ending in T are masculine, except foixi, forest ; dot, dowry ; gent, nation ; dent, tooth ; hart, halter ; part, part, and its com- pounds ; nuit, night ; mort, death ; and Tous- saint, All-Saints-Day. 18. U. All nouns ending in U are masculine, except glu, birdlime ; tribu, tribe ; vertu, virtue ; eau, water ; and peau, the skin. 19. X. All nouns ending in X are masculine, except paix, peace ; toux, a cough ; chaux, lime ; croix, a cross ; noix, a nut ; perdrix, a par- tridge ; poix, pitch ; and voix, voice. 20. Z. All nouns ending in Z are masculine. These twenty rules may look formidable to the pupil, but, after a little practice, he will find them reduced to this general rule ; — that all nouns ending in any letter but silent e, are masculine. All the exceptions to this com- 16 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. prehensive rule are given above, and may be easily fixed in the mind. It is desirable that these rules should be used without a dictionary ; and the teacher should take up a book and select nouns for the pupils, with their grammars open, to practise upon until the rules become very familiar. Exercises on the Gender of Nouns which in English are neuter, and which do not end in mute or unaccented e. The pupil should be required to write the French word, its gender, meaning, and plural, if it has any. Thus:— chemin, m. road ; main, f. hand ; chemin > road. pied, foot. mort, death. voix, voice. bruit, noise. bourg, borough. faveur, favor. nuit, night. bord, border. Hen, bond. fapon, manner. lit, bed. pain, loaf. mer, sea. ocean, ocean. fiot, wave. cceur, heart. orgueil, pride. XIII. XIV. XV. chemins, roads. mains, hands, fee. main, hand. doigt 7 finger. entretien, conversation. soleil, sun. rocher, rock. vaisseau, vessel. choix, choice. vent, wind. toison, fleece. raison, reason. raisin, grape. bonte, goodness. tablean, picture. bienfait, benefit. besoin, need. execs, excess. pore, pig. Soulier, shoe. GENDER. 17 XVI. morceau? morsel. esprit, spirit. banc, bench. fer, weapon. canif, penknife. midi, noon* XVII. gout, taste. serment, oath. dessin, art of drawing* souris, mouse, metier, trade. del, heaven. XVIII. temps, time. jour, day, matin, morning. moment, moment. dos, back. estomac, stomach* an, year. mois, month* poing, fist. talon, heel. soupir, sigh* son, sound. plaisir, pleasure. vertu, virtue. souhait, wish. souppon, suspicion. /aim, hunger. fois, a time. 2* XIX* XX. magot, baboon. dessein, plan or design. fleur, flower. Mercredi, Wednesday. matelas, mattress. miller, spoon. os, bone. or, gold. bonnet? cap or bonnet. chapeau, hat. corps, body. feu, fire, o^7, eye, nez, nose. 6ras, arm. nceud, knot. genou, knee. cZe/*, key. waZ, evil, coi^p, a blow. saison, season. hfon, lesson. soif, thirst. foi, faith. habit, coat. bouton, button. mouchoir, handkerchief. eventail, fan. de, thimble. dot, dowry. 18 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, Nearly all the French feminines end in silent or unac- cented e. But there are also many masculines in silent e, and it is extremely difficult to give a general rule for distinguishing them from the feminines. This has, how- ever, been attempted in the annexed Table, which, with the twenty rules just given, will enable the pupil, with a little practice, to tell the gender of more than 15,000 nouns, not including proper names. Exercises on the Gender of French Nouns ending in mute or unaccented e, V)hich are neuter in English. As nouns ending in e mute, invariably form their plural by adding s, it will be unnecessary to write the plural as in the preceding exercises. The pupil should not be allowed to consult the dictionary to find the gender, it being of the utmost importance that he should be familiar with those rules for determining the gender which are found in this Grammar, and in no other with which the author is acquainted. The pupil has only to put m. or /., for masculine or feminine, as the case may be, after the French word ; thus, lumiere, f. light. {See the Table opposite.) XXI. lumiere, light. mile, town. horloge, clock. personne, person. escrime, fencing. presage, presage. reste, remnant. joie, joy. catalogue, catalogue. grace, favor. biere, beer. etuve, stove. XXII. courage, courage. tete, head. vue, sight. misericorde, mercy. force, force. peine, trouble. route, route. aiguille, needle. fortune, fortune. chaise, seat. planche, plank. verre, glass. ©@^S^3SS^®®®®®®®®@S©@©®©S®©©© te> [To face p. 18. ® S FOR DETDING IN UNACCENTED E. i sition de. TABLE [Tofocep18 FOR DETERMINING THE GENDER OF ALL FRENCH NOUNS ENDING IN UNACCENTED E. ^) RE. All are maseuli; le that end in ME. ins. All that end in Till' liill.m Mi'; I gomme, mix e that end in RE. ■ns. All that All that rage, rage, suuge. ambages, cage, fange, frange, grange, horloge, image, loge, louangcs, losange, •frage,lige. nme are feminine, uns are all feminin it, plume, pomme, s but augure, murmure, parjure. y. which, vi c're, clepsydre, ipitre, CE. All LO u u DE. All S u id (2 EE. All FE. All w HE. All tt u @ ® IE. AH H LE. All $ s u ® All names of plants ending in aire are feminine. All that end in uire are feminine, but rcfectoire and all other names of places of meetinj in oire, are masculine The following words in aire are also masculine, viz. boire, a terri aire, vomitoire. The following nouns in re are all feminine, viz aire, acre, affaire, rhn fibn>,fi:vre. fanfare, JiudtreJenCtre, g aire, grammaire, goitre, hn livre (when it means a pound weight), litre (not a measure), lyre, manoeuvre, m ombre, ceuvre, ochre, orcliestre. outre, //aire, picure, satire, tiure, ttnZbtes, vi'.pres, v The above GE, ME, and RE, may be considered masculine terminations, and they may be remembered by observing that the G M 11, which pre- cede E, are the only consonants in the word grammar. All are feminine that end in BE. Exceptions. All nouns that end in ube, but syllabe, are masculine. The following nouns are masculine, viz. adverbe, cube, globe, hicatombe, incule, limbe, lobe, lombes, orbe, proverbe, rhomle, tube, verbe. e feminine that end in CE. Exceptions. All that end in ice are masculine, but dilices, ipiccs, justice, malice, mHi.ce, notice, police, primices. The following nouns are masculine, viz. ca.pu.ce, commerce, divorce, espace, nigoce, pouce, sacerdoce, silence. e feminine that end in DE. Exceptions. All nouns that end in ide are masculine, but ride, bride, guide (a rein), igide, pyramide, canthar'de. The following nouns are masculine : unipodes, code, caude, dividende, episode, Exode, exorde, grade, intermide, monde, multi- p'icande, piriode, prilude, pirkarde, remide, studc, synode. e feminine that end in EE, except apogie, hyminic, lycie, mausolie, musie, pirigie, trophic. e feminine that end in FE, except golfe, hippogriffe, and escogriffe. •e feminine that end in HE. Exceptions. All that end in aphe are masculine, but ipigraphe, ipitaphe., orthographe. The following nouns are masculine : acrustiche, cache, cartouche', dimanche., gamaches, himistiche, hiiroglyphe, labyrinthe, manche (a handle), panache, pruches, -port he, priche, reproche, reldche, tourne-broche, triomphe. e feminine that end in IE, except foie, ginie, incendie, pirihilie, parapluic. ■e feminine that end in LE. Exceptions. All that end in acle, iple, uple, are masculine. All that end in He are masculine, but He, bile, pile, file, vigile, and their compounds. All that end in able are masculine, but fable, table, itable. The following nouns are masculine : angle, alviole, amble, article, aigle, animalcule, comble, cmweniicnle, earpuscnle, cripus- cul 'e, couvercle, crible, cycle, capitale, en di I j j que,colloque,diagnostique.,distiqve,im6tique.munque • that e ■lasque, orgue, por.iqve, sol.iloque, topique, tropique, zodiuque. a VE. French nouns end in JE, KE, and YE. The very few that end in XE and ZE are masculine. 20 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. In French, however, the noun is written alike in all the cases, and the case is determined by the article or prepo- sition connected with it. The French grammarians pretend to find three articles, viz. the definite, which corresponds to our definite ; the indefinite, which corresponds to our indefinite ; and the partitive, which is a peculiar use of the definite article to be presently explained. As the French indefinite article is only their numeral adjective un, masc, or une, fern., meaning one or a, it will be only noticed amongst the numeral adjectives, where it properly belongs. In French the definite article is varied and placed as follows :— - Le (the), before masculine nouns in the singular number ; as, le nom, the name. La (the), before feminine nouns singular; as, la femme, the woman. L? (the), which is nothing more than le or la with the e or a cut off, when a noun in the singular begins with a vowel or silent h, whether it be masculine or femi- nine ; * as, Vhomme, the man ; Tactrice, the actress. Du (of the or from the), before masculine nouns in the singular ; f as, du nom, of the name. De la (of the or from the), before feminine nouns in the singular ; as, de la femme, of the woman. De V (of the or from the), before masculine or feminine nouns singular, that begin with a vowel or silent A, whether masculine or feminine ; as, de Vhomme, of the man ; de Vactrice, of the actress. Au (to the), before masculine nouns singular; J as, an nom, to the name. A la (to the), before feminine nouns singular; as, a la femme, to the woman. * The pupil will find a list of all such words as begin with a silent h, at the end of this Grammar. t Du is a contraction of de le. but de le is never used. X Au is a contraction of a le, but a le is never used. CASE AND A&TICLES. 21 A T (to the), before nouns in the singular, beginning with a vowel or silent A, whether masculine or feminine ; as, a Vhomme, to the man ; a Vheroine, to the heroine. The pupil must observe, that all the preceding forms of the definite article are joined to nouns in the singula?* number only. The following are joined only to nouns in the plural, and suffer no elision before a vowel or a silent A. Les (the), before nouns of either gender, in the plural number ; as, les hommes, the men ; les femmes, the women ; les aigles, the eagles. Des (of the or from the), before nouns of either gender in the plural ; # as, des hommes, of the men ; des femmes, of the women ; des arbres, of the trees. Aux (to the), before nouns of either gender in the plu- ral ; f as, aux hommes, to the men ; awe femmes, to the women ; aux os, to the bones. Thus the French say, In the Nominative and Accusative cases, Singular. Le prince, the prince. La princesse, the princess. Uacteur, the actor. L'actrice, the actress. Lthommt, the man. Vheroine, the heroine. In the Genitive and Ablative cases, Singular. Du prince, of or from the prince. Plural. Les princes, the princes. Les princesses, the princesses. Les acteurs, the actors. Les actrices, the actresses. Les hommes, the men. Les heroines, the heroines. De la princesse, of or from the princess. De Vacteur, of or from the actor. De Vactrice, of or from the ac- tress. De Vhomme, of or from the man. De Vheroine, of or from the heroine. Plural. Des princes, of or from the princes. Des princesses, of or from the princesses. Des acteurs, of or from the actors. Des actrices, of or from the ac- tresses. Des hommes, of or from the men. Des heroines, of or from the heroines. * Des is a contraction of de les. t Aux is a contraction of a les. De les and a les are never used, 22 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. In the Dative case, Singular. Au prince^ to the prince. A la princesse, to the princess. A Vacteur, to the actor. A Vactrice, to the actress. A Phomme, to the man. A Vheroine, to the heroine. Plural. Aux princes, to the princes. Aux princesses, to the princesses. Aux acteurs, to the actors. Aux actrices, to the actresses. Aux hommes, to the men. Aux hiroines, to the heroines. Thus, in determining the cases, observe that nouns before which either le, la, V, or les, is placed, are in the nominative case, if they are agents of any verb, and in the accusative case, if they are objects of a verb or of any pieposition but de and a. Nouns before which either du, de la, de V , des, or de, is placed, are in the genitive case, if the noun that comes before their article belongs to them in any sense, and may be placed after them in English. Thus, in the phrase le chapeau de Vhomme, the hat of the man, homme is in the genitive case, because chapeau belongs to homme, and in English we can say, the man's hat. But in other cases, and especially when the article du, de la, de V, des, or de, may be rendered by with, from, by, to, or any word but of, the article and noun are in the ablative case. Nouns before which either a, au, a la, a V, or aux, is placed, are in the dative case. The dative, in English, is usually a noun or pronoun preceded by the word to, or having it understood. There is another case, called the vocative, which is merely the name by which we address a person ; as, Marie, qu'avez vousl Mary, what is the matter? This case is generally the nominative case independent of the English. Exercises on the Definite Article. XXVI. Nominative and Accusative Case The letter, lettre. The words, mot. The rule, regie. The penknives, canif. The sleeve, manche. The uncle, oncle. CASE AND ARTICLES. 23 The orators, orateur. The scythe, faux. The flax, lin. The wheels, roue. The yokes, joug. The bud, bouton. In writing the above exercise, the pupil should first ask himself whether the English noun is singular or plural ; because, if plural, the French noun must be made plural also, by the rules already given. Then see whether the French noun begins with a vowel or a silent h ; because, if it does, he needs not to look out the gender, V and les being placed indifferently before either gender. If the French noun does not begin with either a vowel or a silent A, let the pupil see by its termination whether it is masculine or feminine. Then make the article agree with the noun in number and gender. For example, in the above exercise, lettre is singular, and does not begin with a vowel or silent h. It ends in re, which is a masculine termination; but, on turning to the Table, I find that lettre is an exception to the general rule, and, of course, feminine. The article for the nominative singular, feminine gender, is la, and I write, la lettre. XXVII. Genitive or Ablative Case. Of the chalk, craie. Of the bee, abeille. Of the crystals, crista!. Of the bees, abeille. Of the marble, marbre. Of the crows, corbeau. Of the herrings, hareng. Of the lark, alouette. Of the serpents, serpent. Of the landlord, hote. Of the landlady, hotesse. Of the hours, heure. XXVIII. Dative Case. To the butter, beurre. To the syllables, syllabe. To the oil, huile. To the hands, main. To the cider, cidre. To the commas, virgule. To the pen, plume. To the pencil, crayon. To the horses, cheval. To the music, musique. To the fiddle, violon. To the history, histoire. 24 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Promiscuous Cases. The pupil must determine by the English words what the case is, and then look out the number and gender of the French noun, and make the article correspond with it in each particular. XXIX. to the spring, printems. of the onions, ognon. of the poverty, pauvrete. to the envy, envie. to the arms, bras. to the kings, roi. to the fools, sot. of the friends, ami. the favors, faveur. to the bird, oiseau. of the caverns, autre. of the pride, orgueil. XXX. of the honor, honneur. the patience, patience. the hero, hero. to the heroine, heroine. of the papers, papier. the geese, oie. to the archers, archer. to the noses, nez. of the rainbows, arc-en- del. of the curiosity, curiosite. the opinions, avis. to the storm, or age. of the star, astre. XXXI. of the reveries, reverie. to the sons, jils. of the daughters, fille. to the grandmother, di- eule. of the father, pere. at the shops, boutique.* to the knight, chevalier. from the hour, heure. to the boys, garcon. the ears, oreille. from the eyes, ceil. the quills, plume. to the inkstand, cncrier. to the hermit, ermite. of the barley, orge. of the house, maison to the egg, ceuf. XXXII. from the shoe, Soulier. of the town, ville. the honesty, honnctete. the ship, bntimcnt. * The dative case of French nouns is sometimes rendered by at, as well as to. CASE AND ARTICLES. 25 from the bench, banc. to the bees, abeitte. from the hill, colline. of the man, homme. XXXIII. of the forest, foret. to the actors, acteur. the eagle, aigle. to the clothes, habit. of the winter, hiver. the hour, heure. to the soul, dme. the purchasers, acheteur. of the horse, cheval. to the hearts, cozur. from the hats, chapeau. of the day, jour. XXXIV. The time of the day — temps, jour .* The hearts of the men — crewr, homme. The goodness of the ladies — bonte, dame. The noise of the children — bruit, enfant. The pity of the crowd — pitie, foule. The glory of the army — gloire, armee. XXXV. To the miseries of the poor — miser e, pauvre.-f Of the pleasures of the rich — plaisir, riche.f To the care of the merchants — soin, negotiant. From the misfortunes of the heiress — malheur, he- ritiere. To the attentions of the inhabitants — attention, habi- tant. Of the excellence of the instructions — excellence, in- struction. XXXVL To the house of the officer — maison, ojjicier. Of the advantage to the school — av ant age, ccole. Of the rules of the society — regie, societe. * Temps is masc. nominative, and its article must be so. Jour is masc- genitive, and its article must agree with it; thus, le temps du jour. t When adjectives are used as nouns, they are, with very few exceptions, put in the masculine gender. When more than one is meant, as in these examples, the adjective takes the plural termina- tion in French, although it. does not change in English. 3 26 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Of the renown of the heroes — renom, heros. Of the house of the dead — maison, mort, (pi.) To the children of the widow — enfant, veuve. XXXVII. Of the gifts to the orphan — -present, orphelin. From the heart to the lips — cceur, levre. From the window to the door — fenetre, porte. From the father to the uncle — pere, oncle. From the niece to the aunt — niece, tante. From the creation to the flood — creation, deluge. In the preceding exercises on the article, the French and English so nearly correspond, that the pupil will experience no difficulty ; but there are examples where the article or corresponding word is omitted in one language, but retained in the other. The following exercises will exhibit the principal cases of this sort : — 1. In French, the definite article is placed before names of countries, kingdoms, empires, republics, prov- inces, islands, and, indeed, all districts larger than cities and towns ; as, le Danemarc, Denmark. VAngleterre, England. de VEurope, of Europe, de I Amerique, of America. a la Suede, to Sweden, la Jamaique, Jamaica. A few countries and districts, which are mostly such as have adopted the name of their chief town, never take the article. The following is nearly a complete list of them : — Alger, Algiers. Florence, Florence. Avignon, Avignon. Grenade, Grenada. Babylone, Babylon. Genes, Genoa. Candie, Candia. Geneve, Geneva. Cordoue, Cordova. Lucques, Lucca. Corse, Corsica. Leon, Leon. Cornouailles, Cornwall. Make, Malta. Chypre, Cyprus. Maroc, Morocco. Carthage, Carthage. Murcic, Murcia. CASE AND ARTICLES. 27 Madagascar ', Madagascar. Tolede, Toledo. Naples, Naples. Tunis, Tunis. Orange, Orange. Tripoli, Tripoli. Rome, Rome. Valence, Valentia. Seville, Seville. Venise, Venice. Before the pupil proceeds to the exercises, he should attend to the following simple rules for determining the gender of proper names : — 1. The gender of names of persons is determined by their sex, of course. 2. All names of cities, towns, and villages, are mascu- line, except La Haye, La Rochelle, and a few obscure towns. 3. All names of places larger than cities are feminine if they end in unaccented e; and masculine if they end in any other way. Mexique and Peloponnese are the only important exceptions to this simple and comprehen- sive rule. 4. Names of mountains are masculine, except Us Alpes and les Pyrenees. Names of the months, and days of the week, are all masculine. All names of church days are feminine, except Noel, Christmas, and Pdque, Easter. Place the article in its proper case and gender before the following proper names ; — XXXVIIL America. Sweden. Europe. Amerique. Austria. Autriche. of Germany. Suede. Italy. Italic of Greece. Europe. of Europe. to Europe. from Europe. AUemagne. of Jamaica. Jama'ique. from Canada. Grece. of Egypt. Egypte. to Hindoostan. Spain. Espagne. of Spain, to Spain. Canada. Indostan. 28 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. XXXIX. England and Turkey, Persia and Arabia, Hindoostan and the Indies, France and Switzerland, Prussia and the Netherlands, Of New England, XL. the ignorance of Abyssinia, the diamonds of Brazil, to the mosques of Egypt, the merchants of Canada, of the laws of Japan, the conquerors of Peru, XLI. the climate of Virginia, the map of Mexico, to the tea of China, of the inhabitants of Spain, from the conquest of Poland, the ambition of Russia, Angleterre et Turqwe.* Perse, Arable. Jndostan, hides, (pi.) France, Suisse. Prusse,*Pays-bas, (pi.) Nouvelle Angleterre. ignorance, Abyssinie. diamant, Bresil. mosquee, Egypte. negotiant, Canada, hi, Japon. conquer ant, Perou. climat, Virginia carte, Mexique. the, Chine. habitant, Espagne. conquete, Pologne. ambition, Russie. It must, however, be carefully recollected, that, when we speak of coming to or going to any place, whether larger than a city or not, the article is omitted. If the place be larger than a city, we use en; if a city or smaller place, we use a. Before the names of persons, towns, rivers, and months, the French omit the article, as we do in English, La Haye, Le Havre, and La RocheUe, being the only exceptions worthy of notice. No exercises are necessary, except it be under the head of Prepositions. There is an elegant way, however, of avoiding any dif- * Put the article before every name, as if it were written, the Eng- land and the Turkey. CASE AND ARTICLES. 29 ficulty of gender, by inserting la ville, le bourg, le village, It royaume, la province, &c, as the case may be, before the name, which must then be preceded by the preposi- tion de. Thus, instead of saying, la Holland e,^ (le royaume de Hollande, Holland ; I we J the kingdom of Holland ; Londres, (may say, J la ville de Londres, London ; J (jhe city of London ; in which case, if any adjective follows, it agrees in gender with royaume, ville, or whatever noun precedes the proper name. 2. The English are accustomed to put together two nouns, of which the first expresses the use or employment of the second ; as, milJc-pot, apple-woman, &:c. The French cannot do this ; but, in such cases, they put the first English noun last, and place before it the dative case of the article, (au, a la, a V, or aux ;) as, le pot au lait, the pot to the milk, &;c. English Form. the water-jug, the wine-bottle, the tea-canister, of the sugar-pot, to the cream-basin, of the oyster-man, the fish-market, XLII. Order of French Words. (the jug to the water,) (the bottle to the wine,) (the canister to the tea,) (of the pot to the sugar,) (to the basin to the cream,] (of the man to the oysters,) (the market to the fish,) French. cruche, eau. bouteille, vin. boite, the. pot, sucre. bassin, creme. homme, (huitre, pL] marche, poisson. XLIH. to the butter-boy, of the rice-pudding, the caper-sauce, the cherry-pie, of the sauce-man, to the pepper-box, the hay-scales, gar con, beurre. pouding, riz. sauce, (capre, pi.) tourte, (cerise, pi.) homme, (legume, pi.) boite, poivre. balance, (sing.) foin. N. B. This rule is not without exceptions, for some- 2* 30 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, times the French use the preposition a, and not the arti- cle ; thus, wind-mill, moulin a vent ; water-mill, moulin a eau ; hand-mill, moulin a bras ; paper-mill, moulin a papier ; powder-box, hoite a poudre ; and the rule does not apply when the first noun in English expresses the materials, character, or nature, of the second noun ; for the French reverse the nouns, and use the preposition de ; as, "brick-house," maison de brique, " silver spoon," cuiller d' argent. XLIV* 3. The French add no apostrophe and s to their nouns, but put instead of them the genitive of the article. Thus, the Icing's son they render le jils du roi, that is, the son of the king. The pupil will observe that the last noun in English is placed first in French. the king's palace,, palais, roi. the queen's crown, couronne, reine. the man's sister, sceur, homme. the woman's husband, mari, femme. the town's land, terre, ville. the girl's bonnet, bonnet, Jille. XLV. the prince's sons, Jils, prince. the president's reply, reponse, president. the army's glory, gloire, armee. the vessel's masts, mat, bailment. the governor's speech, discours, gouverneur. the senate's vote, voice, senat. XLVI. The same rule seems to be observed when the first noun, in English, has not the apostrophe and s y provided CASE AND ARTICLES. 31 they may be added without affecting the sense. Thus, the army register, meaning the same thing as the army's register, is rendered in the same manner, — le registre de Varmee. the city clerk, secretaire, ville. the government debt, dette, gouvernemeni. the war department, departement, guerre. the school door, porte, ecole. the coach horses, cheval, carrosse. the tree top, sommet, arbre. XL VII. 4. When the word to may be rendered by of, the French uniformly use the genitive of the article; thus, "the brother to the king," meaning the same thing as "the brother of the king/' is rendered by le frere du roi, and not an roi. the brother to the steward, frere, intendant. the niece to the merchant, niece, negociant. the sister to the queen, seeur, reine. the witness to the quarrel, temoin, querelle. the friends to virtue, ami, vertu. the enemies to idleness, ennemi, paresse. the heir to the crown, heritier, couronne. The Partitive Article. The French article called the partitive, is only a peculiar use of du, de la, de V, des, and the preposition de; thus, du pain is said to mean some bread, and not of the bread, although the meaning of Give me some bread and Give me of the bread, is the same. The French use this partitive whenever they mean to express a part, and not the whole, of a thing, and, of course, often when some and any are entirely omitted in English; so that the pupil must be constantly on his guard. When we say, Give me bread, the French say, Give me some bread, {du pain.} When we say, Meat is wanted, they say, Some meat is wanted, {de la viande,) &c. 32 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Variations of the Partitive Article. Singular. iy o T Mas. du pain , bread, or some bread. 4* < Fern, de la viande, meat, or some meat. ( Both gend. de Veau, water, or some water. p o C Mas. de pain, of bread, or of some bread. /, ^ Fern. t?e viande, of meat, or of some meat £ Both. oVeau, of water, or of some water C Mas. a Jm pain, to bread, or to some bread. Dat. < Fern, a de la viande, to meat, or to some meat. ' Both gend. a de Veau, to water, or to some water. Plural. ^ o f Mas. rfes pains, loaves, or some loaves. * ' < Fern, des viandes, meats, or some meats. ( Both gend. des eaux, waters, or some waters. p o T Mas. de pains, of loaves, or of some loaves. /, < Fern, de viandes, of meats, or of some meats. ( Both, d'eaux, of waters, or of some waters. f Mas. a des pains, to loaves, or to some loaves. Dat. < Fern, a des viandes, to meats, or to some meats. ( Both. gend. a des eaux, to waters, or to some waters. XL VIII. some* bread, meat, apples, and cheese ; pain,-\-viande,-\-pomme, et-\- frontage. some wine, water, milk, and sugar ; vin,-\-eau,-\-lait, qt-^sucre. some or any beer, cider, tobacco, and oil ; biere,-\-cidre,-\-tabac, et-\-huile. some money, cloth, silk, and paper ; argent, ~\-drap,-\-soie, et-\-papiei\ * The pupil must repeat the article before every noun as much as if it were written " sortie bread, some meat, sovie apples," &c. ; but he must vary its gender to suit that of the noun. This mark (-{-) be- tween words means that some word not expressed in one language must be expressed in the other. This mark ( — ) shows that a word expressed in one language must not be expressed in the other. CASE AND ARTICLES. 33 XLIX. some or any shoes, pins, needles, and thimbles ; Soulier, -\-epingle, -{-aiguille, et -f- de. some or any authors, books, pens, and ink ; auteur, + Uvre, -\-plume, et-\-encre. some or any mind, reason, religion, and virtue ; esprit, -\-raison,-\-religion, et-\-vertu. salt, pepper, cloves, and onions ; -\sel,-\-poivre,-\-girojle (sing.), et-\-ognon. But if an adjective is placed directly before the noun, the prepositions de and a are used, and not the article in any form : — Singular. N. Ac > C &: Ah \^ e ^on pain, good bread, or some good bread. Dative. a de bon pain, to good bread, or to some good [bread. Plural. N Ac ) C &l Ah C ^ e bons pains, good loaves, or some good loaves. Dative. a de bons pains, to good loaves, or to some [good loaves. In the exercises upon this remark, the pupil will not alter the adjective, but merely change the number of the nouns, if they are to be made plural, and adapt the prepositions a and de, according to the above example. L. good apples, bonnes, pomme. to bad maxims, mauvaises, maxime. great hopes, grandes, esperance. better ink, meilleur, encre. to old hats, vieux, chapeau. to young folks, jeunes, gens. to pretty thoughts, plies, pensee. 34 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. LI. fine houses, belles, maison. to brave soldiers, braves, soldat. to vile animals, chetifs, animal. holy labors, saints, travail. to honest means, honnetes, moyen. to wicked designs, mediants, dessein. little birds, petits, oiseau. The definite and partitive articles having been explained, the pupil will understand another very striking difference between the French language and the English. Although a noun will not take the partitive article, and is not used in a particular or restricted sense, still it must be preceded by the definite article in French. Thus, " Man is mortal," " Virtue is estimable," must be rendered into French thus — Uhomme est mortel, " The man is mortal ; " La vertu est estimable, " The virtue is estimable." Neither man nor virtue is used in a partitive sense ; for we do not mean some men, or some virtue, but all men, and virtue in general; nor are they used in a particular sense, for no particular man or virtue is meant. LIL The words in parentheses need not be expressed in French by the pupil, the exercise relating only to the definite article, which is to be supplied, and made to agree with the noun, in gender and number. Idleness and ignorance (are sources of crime), paresse, ignorance. Gold. and silver (are precious metals), or, argent. Corn and hay (are scarce), ble,foin. Reading and study (are useful), lecture, etude. Anger and crimes (abound), colore, deJit. Charity and love (are synonymous), charitc, amour. Men and animals (must eat and sleep), hommc, animal. The article is often omitted after the conjunction ni (neither), and always after the prepositions en (in or into) and sans (without). Examples: — CASE AND ARTICLES. 35 He has neither justice nor humanity ; 11 ri*a ni justice ni humanite. To go to France ; Aller en France. As well in peace as in war ; Tant en paix qvten guerre. A man without money and without friends ; Un homme sans argent et sans amis. Sometimes, also, the French entirely omit the article, as we do ; but this is an exception in their language, and not, as in ours, a general rule. Thus, in animated dis- course, they say, as we do, — Conscience, honor, interest, every-thing is sacrificed ; Conscience, honneur, inter et, tout est sacrifie. But the most common case of omission is when the article in English comes before a noun in apposition, or a nominative after the verb to he] that is, when the latter noun qualifies or distinguishes the former. Thus, when we say, " John, the Icing of England, was a tyrant," the French say, Jean, roi oV Angleterre, fee. For " Mary, the queen of Scotland," they say, Marie, reine aVEcosse. This remark applies also to a and one, when similarly situated. LIII. The rose, the ornament of the garden ; rose ornement jardin. Louis, the son of the count ; Louis, jils comte. Mary, the daughter of the queen ; Marie, fille reine. Mr. Jones, the jeweller to (of) the princess ; M. Jones, jouailler princesse. Edward, the orphan of the widow ; Edouard, orphelin veuve. Washington, the president of the United States. Washington, president tltats Unis. 36 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. ADJECTIVES. Adjectives, in French, as in English, are used to dis- tinguish one noun from another. In English, the adjective undergoes no change, what- ever be the gender or number of the noun it qualifies. Thus we say, good boy or good girl, good boys or good girls. But in French, adjectives take a plural termination when the noun they qualify is plural, and a feminine ter- mination when the noun they qualify is feminine ; and this is one of the greatest points of difference between the two languages. Number. Adjectives form their plural as nouns do, usually by adding s to the singular ; thus, Singular. Plural. grand, large : grands, large, (masc.) grande, large ; grandes, large, (fern.) agreable, agreeable ; agreables, agreeable. The exceptions are nearly similar ; as, charmant, charming ; charmans or charmants, charming. heureux, happy ; heureux, happy. has, low ; bas, low. egal, equal ; egaux, equal. egale, equal. egales, equal. beau, fine ; beaux, fine. But it must be noticed, that tout (all) has tous for its plural ; mow (soft) and bleu (blue) have mous and bleus ; and, although such adjectives ending in al as have a plural, form it by changing al into aux, still the greater part of those ending in al are not used in the masculine plural. Their feminine plural, however, is regularly formed. ADJECTIVES ; GENDER. LIV. 37 The pupil must write, the plural of the following adjectives, thus : — Singular riche, fache, rich, sorry. Plural. riches, fetches, &c. riche, rich. fache, sorry. heni, holy. cru, raw. sec, dry. grand, great. vif lively. lon^, lon£, t?i7, vile. cardinal, cardinal. LV. plein, full, amer, bitter. mauvais, bad cowf£, short, rfour, sweet. bon, good. bas, low. &gf£f, light. sage, wise. petit, small. gros, big. haut, high. nouveau, new. vieui, old. pesant, heavy, /oz^rrf, dull. #S0M, Soft. aise, easy, erize?, cruel. 6eaM, fine. Gender. The masculine of all French adjectives ends either in c, d, e, e, f, g, i, I, n, r, s, t, u, or x; and the general rule for forming the feminine, is to add a silent e to the masculine. But as some adjectives vary from this reg- ular rule, each termination will be noticed in alphabetical order. C. Only eight adjectives end in c, and they form the faminine as follows : — Masculine. Feminine. blanc, white, blanche. franc, free, franche. sec, public, caduc, Turc, dry, public, in decay, Turkish, seche. publique. caduque. Tar que. ammoniac, Grec, ammoniac, Greek, ammoniaque Grecque. 33 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. D. Adjectives ending in d take e in the feminine, without exception. E. All adjectives ending in silent or unaccented e are the same in both genders. E. All adjectives ending in e accented take another e in the feminine ; as, aise, masc, aisee, fern., easy. F. Adjectives ending in / change /into ve ; as, chetifi pitiful, chetive. G. Adjectives ending in g take ue in the feminine ; as, long, long, longue. I. Adjectives ending in i take e in the feminine, except beni (holy) and favori (favorite), which become benite and favorite. Hemi (half), semi (half), mi (mid), never change, but are always joined to the noun by a hyphen. Demi, before a noun, never changes ; but when placed after a feminine noun, it takes e. Thus the French say, Une demi-lieue, half a league. line lieue et demie, a league and a half. Deux lieues et demie, two leagues and a half. Des demi-dieux, demi-gods. Demi, when an adjective, is never plural. L. Those ending in al or il take e for the feminine, except gentil, gentille, genteel. Those ending in el, oI 7 ul, or eil, add le for the feminine ; as, eternel, eternelle, eternal ; nul, nulle, no one ; pareil, pareilh> like. [For the adjectives vieil, mol, fol, bel, and nouvel, see adjectives ending in x and w.] N. Adjectives ending in n usually take e in the femi- nine ; as, fin, fine, fine. But if o or ie come before n, the n is doubled and the e added ; as, bon, bonne, good ; Parisian, Parisienne, Parisian. The following are more irregular : — benin, benigne, benignant. malin, maligne, malignant. ADJECTIVES : GENDER. 39 R. x\djectives ending in r take e in the feminine, unless they end in eur. Of those ending in eur, about a hun- dred change eur into euse ; as, flatteur, jlattemse? flatter- ing ; and about fifty ending in teur, change teur into trice ; as, accusateur, accusatrice^ accusing. The following ad- jectives in eur take e only, in the regular way : — Masculine. Feminine. Masculine. Feminine. anterieur, anterieure. superieur citerieur, citerieure* ulterieur. , superieure. ulterieure. exterieur, exterieure. majeur, majeure. inferieur, inferieure. mineur, mineur e. interieur, interieure. meilleur, rneilleure. posterieur, posterieure* S. Adjectives ending in s take e in the feminine, except, Masculine, Feminine. bas, low, basse. gras, fat, las, tired, grasse. lasse. expres, express, expresse. gros, big, epaiSy thick, frais, fresh, absous, absolved, grosse. epaisse* fraiche. absoute. dissous, dissolved, dissoute. T. Adjectives ending in t take e in the feminine, except sot, foolish, sotte. net, clean, nette. U. Adjectives ending in u generally take e in the femi- nine. The following are exceptions : — Masculine. Feminine. mou or moZ, soft, molle. fou or fol, foolish, fotte. beau or bel, fine, belle, nouveau or nouveL new, nouvelle. 40 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. The masculines mol,fol, bel, and nouvel, are used before the masculine singular when it begins with a vowel or silent h. In other cases, mou, fou, beau, and nouveau, are used. The adjective nu (naked) is not changed by number or gender, when it precedes the substantive * as, vu-pieds, barefoot ; nu-jambes, bare-legged ; — but when placed after the noun, it is varied like other adjectives; as, pieds nus, naked feet ; jambes nues, bare legs. The adjective feu (late), before an article or adjective pronoun, is not changed ; as, feu la reine, the late queen ; feu mes oncles, my late uncles ; feu ma niece, my late niece ; — but when placed after the article or adjective pro- noun, it is varied according to the number and gender of the noun; as, lafeue reine, the late queen, &c. X. Adjectives ending in x change x into se for the feminine, except, Masculine. Feminine. perplex, prefix, doux, perplexed, prefixed, sweet, perplexe, prefixe. douce. roux, red, rousse. faux, vieux or vieil. false, old, fausse. vieille. The old masculine vieil is used in the singular only, before masculine nouns that begin with a vowel or silent h. LVI. Write the feminine of the adjectives in Lesson LIV. thus, riche, m. riche, f. rich ; sec, m. seche, f. dry. LVII. Write the feminine of the adjectives in Lesson LV. in the same manner* ADJECTIVES ; GENDER. 41 Place of Adjectives. In English, the adjective usually precedes the noun ; as, round table ; — but in French, the adjective usually follows the noun ; as, table ronde. The following, however, when used singly, and not qualified by an adverb, are placed before the noun : beau, fine. bon, good. brave, brave. cher, beloved, dear. chetif, vile. faux, false. galant, well-bred. grand, great, tall. gros, big, large. honnete, honest. jeune, young. joli, pretty. mediant, wicked. mauvais, bad. meilleur, better. moindre^ less. petit, little. saint, holy. tout, all. vieil, I o , d> $ vieux, vrai, true. Most other adjectives follow the noun ; but in poetry, and sometimes in prose, those which usually follow the noun are allowed to come before it. But whenever the place of the adjective affects its meaning, as it sometimes does, no discretion of this sort is allowed. The adjectives in the three following exercises, all come before the noun ; and the pupil is expected to alter the number and gender to suit those of the noun. LVIII. Adapt the gender and number of the adjectives and articles to the gender and number of the nouns in the following exercises : — the fine houses, the good boots, the brave men, the dear daughters, the vile animals, the great hopes, the big books, the honest means, 4* beau, maison. bon, botte. brave, homme. cher, file, chetif, animal, grand, esperance. gros, livre. honnete, moyen. 42 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* LIX. the young birds, the pretty sisters, the wicked intentions, the bad manners, the better wines, the less trees, the little rooms, the holy pages, LX. all the nations, the old customs, the true maxims, the fine horses, the big tarts, the old boxes, * — every author, jeune, oiseau. joli, sceur. mechant, intention, mauvais, moeurs. meilleur, vin. moindre, arbre. petit, chambre. saint, page. tout le nation, tieux, coutume. vrai, maxime. beau, cheval. gros, tourte. vieux, boite. tout, auteur. LXI. The adjectives in the six following exercises must follow the noun, and agree with it in number and gender : — LXIL the American boys, of the English hat, to the Italian cities, the German language, of the Spanish book, to the public interest, of the sweet wine, to the harmonious voices, LXIII. of the white gown, to the black cloak, Americain, gargon. Anglois, chapeau. Italien, ville. Allemand, langue. Espagnol, livre. public, interct. doux, vin. harmonieux, voix* blanc, robe, noir, mantelet. * This mark ( — ) under a word means that the word is not express- ed in French or English, as the case may be. This mark (-(-) means that something is understood only in one language, but must be ex- pressed in the other. ADJECTIVES. 43 from the faithful servant, at the green house, of the boiled mutton, of the favorable reception, of the cold climates, at the open window, LXIV. the closed doors, of the roasted chicken, the Punic wars, to the Roman pride, of the agreeable lady, to the gray stuff, of the tragical history, the American eagle, LXV. of the blue skies, to the round moon, to the purple lines, of the square hall, at the Irish hotel, the Parisian ladies, of the admirable actress, to the ridiculous figures, LXVI. of the pacific spirits, the childish actions, the docile scholars, to the piercing wind, to the credulous women, the intrepid soldiers, of the virtuous queens, to the ingenious workman, LXVII. of the holy water, of the league and a half, fidele, domestique. vert, maison. bouilli, mouton. favorable, accueil. froid, climat. ouvert, fenetre. ferme, parte, rod, poulet. Punique, guerre. Romain, orgueiL agreable, dame, gris, etoffe. tragique, histoire. Americain, aigle. bleu, del. ronde, lune. pourpre, ligne. carre, salon. Irlandois, hotel. Parisien, dame, admirable, act rice, grotesque, figure. pacifique, esprit, pueril, action, docile, ecolier. vif, vent, credule, femme. intrepide, soldat. vertueux, reine. ingenieux, ouvrier. beni, eau. ligue, demi. 44 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. to the late king, feu, roi. of the Greek revolution, Grec, revolution. at the long streets, long, rue. to the eternal ruin, eternel, ruine. of similar ideas, pareil, idee. of malicious intentions, malin, intention. When more than one adjective belongs to the same noun, it is. the best way to place them after it, with the conjunction et, which means and, before the hast adjective. Thus, " the just, wise, and generous king," would be in French, le roi juste, sage, et genereux. LXVIII. The sincere, handsome, and bountiful lady. . sincere, beau, et bienfaisant dame. The lively, solid, and brilliant genius. vif solide, et brillant esprit. To the young, virtuous, and amiable wife. jeune, vertueux, et aimable femme. From the happy, honest, and good daughters. heureux, honnete, et bon file. Of the poor, miserable, and wicked children. pauvre, miserable, et mecjiant enfant. LIX. The free, dry, and fresh breeze. franc, sec, et frais brise. Of the sweet, old, and strong beer. doux, vieux, et fort Mere. Of the red, black, and brown birds. rouge, noir, et bi^n oiseau. To the low, thick, and green grass. bas, cpais, et vert her be. To the benign, peaceful, and spiritual religion. benin, paisible, et spirit uel religion. ADJECTIVES, 45 Agreement of Adjectives. In English, when an adjective belongs to more than one noun, it is not changed ; as, " The wind and rain were violent." But, in French, as the adjective is affected by number and gender, and the nouns may be of different genders or numbers, so that the adjective cannot agree with both, the usage is as follows : — •1. If both nouns are of the same gender, the adjective must be of the same gender, and in the plural number. 2. If the nouns are of different genders, and nomina- tives to a verb, the adjective that qualifies them must be put in the masculine plural; as in the above example, Le vent et la pluie etoient violents ; "The wind and the rain were violent." 3. If the nouns are not nominatives, the adjective must agree in gender and number with the last noun ; as, " He governs with absolute power and authority ; " 11 gouverne avec un pouvoir et une autorite absolue. Here, pouvoir is masculine, and autorite, feminine ; and absolue, the adjective, takes the e, and becomes feminine. LXX. In the two following exercises, the nouns are nomina- tives. The verb must not be altered. The wind and the rain were furious. vent et pluie etoient furieux. The house and the shop were burned. maison boutique brule. The horses and the men were drowned. cheval homme noye, The king and the queen were present. roi reine present. The robber and the girl were punished. voleur jille punu 46 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. The trees and * shrubs were extirpated. arbre -f- arbrisseau deracine. LXXL The pens and ink* were bad. plume -f~ encre mauvais. The paper and parchment were good. papier -|- parchemin bon. The lamp and candle were extinguished. lampe -f~ chandelle eteint. The fire and smoke were mingled. feu -\-fumee mele. The lion and the lioness were caught. lion lionne attrape. The truths and the falsehoods were apparent. verite mensonge apparent. In the two following lessons, the nouns to which the adjective refers are not the nominatives of any verb : — LXXII. He shows incredible* application and* courage, 11 montre incroyable application courage. He shows perfect judgment and justice. par fait jugement justice. He shows dreadful fear and despair. affreux peur desespoir. He shows fine pictures and engravings. beau tableau gravure. He shows good courage and foresight, bon courage prevoyance. LXXIII. He shows consummate zeal and prudence. consomme zcle prudence. He shows consummate prudence and zeal. * The article must be repeated in French, though not expressed in English, in these and similar cases. In lesson /2 each noun must have the partitive article before it. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 47 He found the doors, windows, and shutters, closed. trouva porte, fenetre, volet, ferme. He found the shutters, windows, and doors, closed. He thinks the vessel and cargo lost. croit bdtiment cargaison perdu. He thinks the cargo and vessel lost. Comparison of Adjectives. French adjectives have three degrees of comparison, as in English; but they are not compared by changing the termination, as in English. We say, wise, wiser, wisest ; but the French have no such form. They place the adverb plus (more) or moins (less) before the adjective, to make the comparative degree ; as, plus sage, wiser ; moins sage, less wise ; and they place the article le (the) before their comparative, to make it superlative ; thus, le plus sage, the wisest ; le moins sage, the least wise. If the noun which the adjective qualifies be feminine, la, the feminine article, is used instead of le; as, sage, plus sage, la plus sage. LXXIV. Exercises upon the Comparison of Adjectives. The pupil is required to give the three degrees of each of the following adjectives, in both genders and both numbers, thus : — Singular. high, higher, highest. Masc. Fem. haut, haute, plus haut, plus haute, Plural. le plus haut. la plus haute. high, higher, highest. Masc. Fem. hauts, hautes, plus hauts, plus hautes, les plus hauts. les plus hautes 43 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 1st. 2d. 3d. Masc. Fe«, high, higher, highest, haut, haute. great, greater, greatest, grand, grandc. short, shorter, shortest, court, court e. dear, dearer, dearest, cher, chere. mild, milder, mildest, doux, douce. straight, straighter, straightest, droit, droite. When the adjective comes before the noun, the cases are marked as follows, in the comparative degree ; — Singular. N. & Ac. plus j oli tableau, a prettier picture. G. & Ab. d^un plus j oli tableau, of a prettier picture. Dative. a unplusjoli tableau, to a prettier picture. Plural. N. & Ac. phisjolis tableaux, prettier pictures. G. & Ab. de plus jolis tableaux, of prettier pictures. Dative. a de plus jolis tableaux, to prettier pictures. When the adjective follows the noun, the cases are marked thus, by the definite article : — Singular. N. & Ac. le tableau plus agreable, the more pleasing picture. G. & Ab. du tableau plus agreable, of the more pleasing picture. Dative. au tableau plus agreable, to the more pleasing picture. Plural, N. & Ac. les tableaux plus agreables, the more pleasing pictures. G. & Ab. des tableaux plus agreables, of the more pleasing pictures. Dative. aux tableaux plus agreables, to the more pleasing pictures. In the superlative degree, if the adjective comes before the noun, the cases are marked as follows : — Singular. N. & Ac. la plus belle femme, the handsomest woman. G. & Ab. de la plus belle femme, of the handsomest woman. Dative. a la plus belle femme, to the handsomest woman. Plural. N. & Ac. les plus belles femmes, the handsomest women. G. & Ab. des plus belles femmes, of the handsomest women. Dative. aux plus belles femmes, to the handsomest women. If the adjective follows the noun, the cases run thus : — COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 49 Singular. N. & Ac. la femme la plus laide, the ugliest woman. G. & Ab. de la femme la plus laide, of the ugliest woman. Dative* a la femme la plus laide, to the ugliest woman. Plural. N. & Ac. les femmes les plus laides, the ugliest women. G. & Ab. des femmes les plus laides, of the ugliest women. Dative. aux femmes les plus laides, to the ugliest women. In comparisons of diminution, the word moins is put Instead of plus. LXXV. In the following exercise on the comparative degree, the adjectives follow the nouns. The pupil must find the gender and number of the noun, and make the adjective agree with it. He must also notice that the partitive article must precede the noun in all the sen- tences, some being understood ; thus, de Veau plus douce. softer water, that is, some water more soft ; + doux eau. longer days, or some days more long ; -f- long jour. warmer seasons, that is, some seasons more warm ; + chaud saison. heavier misfortunes ; -j- triste malheur. whiter silk ; -f- blanc sole. drier winds ; + sec vent. thicker ice ; -f- epais glace. redder earth ; -f- roux terre. richer men ; + riche homme. 5 more frank conversation ; -f- franc conversation. more public conduct ; -f- public conduite. more pitiful actions ; -f- chetif action. more malignant persons ; -f- malin personne. more foolish thoughts ; -f- sot peusee. more false friends ; + faux ami. 50 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. LXXVI. the more aged lady, or, the lady more aged, dame, age* the more noble friend, or, the friend more noble, ami, noble. the more benignant soul, ame, benin. the more malignant evils, mat, malin. the more fatal fever, fievre, fatal. the more blue skies, del, bleu. the more red heads, tete, roux. LXXVIL the nearer town, the viler cause, the milder means/ the older houses, the younger children, the surer way, LXXVIIL of the more mortal poison, to the more spacious gardens, of the harder wood, to the more perfect law, to the more precious metals, of the prouder family, LXXIX. In writing the following exercise in the superlative degree, look out the gender and number of the noun, and place the article before it ; then repeat the article with plus or moins, and the adjective in the same gender and number ; thus, la femme la plus savante, &c. the most learned woman ; savant femme. the least worthy daughters ; digne file. the most faithful promises ; fulvlc promesse. ville, prochain. cause, vil. moyen, doux. maison, vieux. enfant, jeune. maniere, stir. poison, mortel. jar din, spadeux. bois, dur. hi, parfait. metal, predeux. famille, orgueilleux. the most holy places ; mini lieu. the least ripe fruit ; mur fruit. the highest trees ; haut arbre. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 51 the widest streets ; the large rue. the deepest wells ; the profond puits. LXXX. the silliest things, the happiest girls, the driest wells, the hardest terms, the hardest lessons, the shortest columns, LXXXI. the most wise prince, the most cruel princess, the most painful death, the most sorry horses, the most sad news, the most furious tigress, LXXXIL of the most amiable queen, of the most excellent man, of the most generous citizens, of the most serious truths, of the most bitter apples, of the most sour cherries, LXXXIII. to the most diligent boys, to the highest tree, to the widest fields, to the poorest land, to the least severe code, to the least formal custom, LXXXIV. the bluest ocean, the clearest skies, to the simplest mind, least painful death ; penible mort. most furious tiger ; furieux tigre. sot? chose, fdle, heureux. puits, sec. terme, dur. lepon, difficile, colonne, court. prince, sage, princesse, cruel, mort, penible. cheval, chetif. nouvelle,(smg.) triste. tigre, furieux. reine, aimable. Jiomme, excellent, citoyen, genereux. verite, serieux. pomme, amer. garpon, diligent, arbre, haut. champ, large, terre, pauvre. code, severe, coutume, formel. ocean, bleu, del, clair. esprit, simple. 52 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. to the strongest arguments, argument, fort. of the purest motives, motif, pur. of the most famous wine, vin, fameux. LXXXV. The hotel of the most benevolent men. hotel bienveillant homme. To the relief of the most wretched prisoners. secours miserable prisonnier. Of the ruin of the most worthy citizens. mine digne citoyen. The most complete edition of the works. complet edition ouvrage. The first copy of the oldest book. premier copie vieux lime,. LXXXVI. To the least amiable child of the family. aimable enfant famille- Of the least capable officer of the army. capable officier armee. To the least diligent scholars of the class. diligent ecolier classe. From the least important part of the subject. important part sujet* To the most famous men. fameux homme. The following adjectives are irregularly compared : — bon, good ; meilleur, better ; le meilleur, the best. } y ( le plus mauvais. • i_ j f plus mauvais, \ r 7 mauvais, bad, > * . ' < or le pirc, ' V or pire, worse, ) * J j r ( tne worst * ., ,. , } 7 .*. C le plus petit, or j*ft<,little, or / phis petit, or \ f e m f tnd small, C momdre, less, ) tfae kasU IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 53 The preceding adjectives must be carefully distinguish- ed from the following words, which are called adverbs, and which, though compared, do not qualify nouns, and are not varied by gender or number as adjectives are : — Men, well ; mieux, better ; le mieux, the best. mal, bad ; pis, worse ; le pis, the worst. peu, little ; moins, less ; le moins, the least. LXXXVIL Exercise on the Irregular Adjectives. Cider is good, but water is better. cidre est bon, mais eau est The boy is bad, but the father is worse. gargon mauvais pere The house is small, but the barn is less. maison petit grenier The bird is better than the bat. oiseau que chauve-souris. The height of the wall is less than the length. hauteur muraille que longueur. The remedy is worse than the disease. remede maladie. If more than one adjective belongs to the noun, the signs of the second and third degree must be repeated before each adjective, although more and most are not repeated in English. Thus^ " to the most wise, brave and poor man," is rendered, a Vhomme le plus sage, le plus brave et le plus pauvre. The noun precedes the adjectives. LXXXVIII. Of the most useful and agreeable cnfts. utile agreable don. To the strongest, fiercest, and most cruel beast. fort, feroce, cruel bete. To the most severe, painful, and just recompense. severe, penible, juste recompense. 5* 54 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* Of the most charming and amusing stories. charmant amusant conte. To the poorest, neatest, and most industrious woman. pauvre, propre, industrieux femme. The degrees of comparison that have been explained, imply superiority or inferiority, increase or diminution ; but there is a comparison of equality ; as, la tulipe est aussi belle que la rose, " the tulip is as beautiful as the rose ; " where the first as is rendered by aussi and the second by que. Again, we say, " John is not so ambitious as William," Jean rfest pas si ambitieux que Guillaume; where so is rendered by si, and as by que. Although tant (so much) and autant (as much) are not placed before adjectives, it will be useful for the pupil to recollect that the as which follows them is rendered by que ; thus, Elle n'a pas tant or autant de beaute que sa sceur, " She has not so much or as much beauty as her sister." In English, when the article the is repeated before the comparatives more and less, it is not expressed in French ; thus, " The more one has, the more one wishes to have j" Plus on a, plus on veut avoir. LXXXIX. Mary is as pretty as Lucia. Marie est joli Lucie. Cicero is as eloquent as Demosthenes. Ciceron est eloquent Demosthene. The horse is as strong as the ass. cheval est fort due. The cows are as useful as the horses. vache sont utile chevaL Lucia (is not) so pretty as Mary. Lucie (rf est pas) joli Marie. The house (is not) so high as the church. maison (ft' est pas) haut eglise. ADJECTIVES Ot NUMBER AND ORDER. 55 The Adjectives of Number and Order are as fol- lows : — 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 40. 50. 60. The numbers from 30 to 40, from 40 to 50, from 50 to 60, and from 60 to 69, are counted the same as from 20 to 30 ; but as the French have no single word for 70, 80, or 90, they adopt the following mode : — Numeral Ordinal. Un, mas. \Jne,fem. 1st. Le premier or Unieme. Deux, (x is not sounded.) 2d. Le .second or deuxieme Trois. 3d. Troisieme. Quatre. 4th. Quatrieme. Cinq, (q is sounded.) 5th. Cinquieme. Six, (pron. Siss.) 6th. Sixieme. Sept, (Set.) 7th. Septieme. Huit, (t is sounded.) 8th. Huitieme. Neuf, (f sounded.) 9th. Neuvieme. Dix, (Diss.) 10th. Dixieme. Onze. 11th. Onzieme. Douze. 12th. Douzieme. Treize. 13th. Treizieme. Quatorze. 14th. Quatorzieme. Quinze. 15th. Quinzieme. Seize. 16th. Seizieme. Dix-sept, (Diss-set.) 17th. Dix-septieme. Dix-huit, (Di-zuit.) 18th. Dix -huitieme. Dix-neuf, (Diz-neuf.) 19th. Dix-neuvieme. Vingt, (g&t not sounded.) 20th. Vingtieme. Vingt-et-un, 21st Vingt-et-unieme. Vingt-deux, 22d. Vingt-deuxieme. Vingt-trois, (g is dropped hut / iq 23d. Vingt-troisieme. Vingt-quatre, 24th. Vingt-quatrieme. Vingt-cinq, UUL t ID srmnrlpf! 25th. Vingt-cinquieme. Vingt-six, ou m lx kx \^ \JL. from 21 to 29. . 26th. Vingt-sixieme. Vingt-sept, ' 27th. Vingt-septieme. Vingt-huit, 28th. Vingt-huitieme. Vingt-neuf, 29th. Vingt-neuvieme. Trente. 30th. Trentieme. Quarante. 40th. Quarantieme. Cinquante. 50th. Cinquantieme. Soixante, (x \\\ ^e 55.) 60th. Soixantieme. Numeral. 70. Soixante et dix. # 71. Soixante et onze. Ordinal. 70th. Soixante-et dixieme. 71st. Soixante-et-onzieme. * The French method is the same as if we should call 70 sixty-ten, 71 sixty-eleven, 72 sixty-twelve, and so on to sixty-nineteen, 79. 56 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* Numeral. Ordinal. 72. Soixante et douze. 72d. Soixante-et-douzieme. 73. Soixante et treize. 73d. Soixante-et-treizieme. 74. Soixante et quatorze. 74th. Soixante-et-quatorzieme. 75. Soixante et quinze. 75th. Soixante-et-quinzieme. 76. Soixante et seize. 76th. Soixante-et-seizieme. 77. Soixante et dix-sept. 77th. Soixante-et-dix-septieme. 78. Soixante et dix-huit. 78th. Soixante-et-dix-huitieme. 79. Soixante et dix-neuf. 79th. Soixante-et-dix-neuvieme. 80. Quatre vingts, (gts silent.) 80th. Quatre-vingtieme. 81. Quatre vingt-un. 81st. Quatre-vingt-unieme. The numbers from 80 to 100 are the same as from 60 to 80, except that the et is omitted entirely. Numeral. Ordinal. 90. Quatre- vingt-dix. 90th. Quatr e- vingt- dixieme. 100. Cent, (t silent.) 100th. Centieme. The numbers from 100 to 200 are a repetition of those from 1 to 100 ; thus, Numeral. Ordinal. 101. Cent un. 101st. Cent-et-unieme. 110. Cent dix. 110th. Cent-dixieme. 120. Cent vingt, (or Six vingts.) 120th. Cent-vingtieme. 121. Cent vingt et un. 121st. Cent-vingt et unieme. 180. Cent quatre vingts. 180th. Cent-quatre-vingtieme. 200. Deux cents, (ts silent.) 200th. Deux-centieme. 300. Trois cents, " 300th. Trois-centieme. 400. Quatre cents, " 400th. Quatre centieme. 500. Cinq cents, " 500th. Cinq-centieme. 600. Six cents, (x and ts silent.) 600th. Six-centieme. 700. Sept cents, (say-sahn.) 700th. Sept-centieme. 800. Huit cents, (t and ts silent.) 800th. Huit-centieme. 900. Neuf cents, (/silent, & ts.) 900th. Neuf-centieme. 1000. Mille or Mil. 1000th. Millieme. 2000. Deux mille, &c. 2000th. Deux-millieme. 1,000,000. Million. 1,000,000th. Millionnieme. Of the numeral adjectives, un, mas., takes wis in the plural, and une, fern., takes unes ; quatre-vingt takes quatre-vingts in the plural ; cent takes cents or cens, and million takes millions ; but no other numeral is varied by gender or number. Note. Although vingt, cent, and million, admit of a plural, this plural is only used before nouns. When another numeral follows them, they continue in the NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 57 singular. Thus we say, quatre-vingts batons, eighty- sticks ; but quatre-vingt-huit batons, eighty -eight sticks ; deux cents hommes, two hundred men; but deux cent quarante hommes, two hundred and forty men. Vingt only admits of a plural when it follows the word quatre or six, and is immediately followed by a noun. In dates, mil is always used instead of mille, but mille is used in every other case ; as, deux mille hommes, two thousand men ; Van mil huit cent vingt-neuf, 1829. Some French grammarians call un and une articles ; but, as they are allowed also to be numeral adjectives, and are always used precisely like adjectives, we have made no such distinction, and in this are supported by the best authority. XC. Exercises on the Numeral Adjectives. One daughter. A or one man. homme. Twelve pillars. colonne. Twenty-one Jews. Juif. Thirty-one ladies. dame. Sixty-three beggars. gueux. Seventy-four abbots. abbe. fillc. Eighty-six grandfathers. aieuL Ninety-five eyes. ceil. Eighteen rainbows. arc-en-ciel. Sixteen animals. animal. Eighty-one voices. voix. XCI. Two hundred horses, cheval. Three hundred and* fifty goats, chevre. Four hundred kids, chevreau. Five hundred and 5 * sixty-eight hares, lievre. * The and is omitted in French, except where it is inserted in the table of numeral adjectives. 58 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Six thousand elephants, elephant. Six thousand and # seventy-five bears, ours. Eighty calves, veau. Sixscore lambs, vingt, agneau. Onef hundred and* eighty-six oxen, bozuf. ( Onef thousand seven hundred and* seventy-five. Dates. < Onef thousand four hundred and* ninety-two. £ Onef thousand six hundred and* twenty-one. XCIL Exercises on the Ordinal Adjectives. The ordinal adjectives admit before them the mas- culine or feminine article, according to the gender of their noun ; as, La troisieme page, The third page. Le troisieme livre, The third book. The seventeenth page of the book. page livre* The first man of the army. homme armee. The second day of the month. jour mois. The third month of the year. mois annee. The eighty-first woman of the family. femme famille. The twenty-ninth day of July. jour Juillet. Of the tenth order of the nobility. degre noblesse. Of the seventh day of the week. jour semaine. * The and is omitted in French, except where it is inserted in the table of numeral adjectives. t One, in such cases, is omitted in French. ORDINAL ADJECTIVES* , 59 To the seventy-sixth line of the catalogue. ligne catalogue. To the ninety-third regiment of (the) foot. regiment infanterie. XCIII. When the ordinals are used without a noun, if they mean a part of any thing, they are, properly, nouns, and usually take the masculine article ; as, Le septieme est gate, " A seventh part is spoiled ; " but if they are mere ordinals, used when the noun they qualify is well under- stood, the article takes the gender of that noun. The sixteenth is the best, meilleur. The fourth is the highest, haut. The twelfth is the widest, large. The twenty-first is the dearest, cher. The eighty-second is the largest, grand. The one hundred and fourth is the poorest, pauvre. The thousandth is the luckiest, heureux. The millionth is the wisest, sage. Though the numeral and ordinal adjectives are generally used in French as in English, still this is not always the case, and the following are the principal instances in which the languages differ : — XCIV. It will be recollected that un or une is the French for a or an, as well as for one. The word a is expressed in English, and not expressed in French, before nouns in apposition, or nominatives after the verb to be ; that is, before nouns used to qualify preceding nouns ; as, " Mr. B., a doctor of laws," M. B., docteur-en-droit ; "He is a Frenchman," 11 est Frangois. Note. When the French of proper names is not given in the exercises, it is because it is the same in both languages. 60 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* Charlemagne, a king of France, roi. The duke is a prince of the blood* due prince sang. Mr. F. is a member of parliament. est membre parlement. The father is a surgeon and a physician. pere est chirurgien medecin. The son is a tailor and a merchant. fils est tailleur negotiant. Bristol is a port and city. port ville. Is she a duchess or a marchioness ? duchesse ou marquisse 1 Washington was a president and a general. etoit president general. xcv. 2. Sometimes the a in English is expressed by the article le or la, or the preposition par, in French ; and this takes place usually when the price of a thing precedes the quantity, time, &c. for which it is paid ; as, " two shillings a bushel," deux chelins le boisseau; "five shillings a week," cinq chelins par semaine. For a general rule, before nouns of time, the a is expressed by the preposition par, and, in other cases, by the article le or la, as the gender may require. Three crowns a hundred. ecu cent. Ten guineas a month. guinee mois. Seventy-eight dollars a year. piastre an. Sixteen pence a pint. sou pintc. Three times a week. fois semaine. ORDINAL ADJECTIVES. 61 Eighty-nine times a year. fois an. Six cents a mile. sou mille. Seventy-five cents a head. sou tite. Ninety-seven dollars a piece. dollar piece. 3. In noting the day of the month, the numeral adjective is used when the noun jour (day) is omitted, and the ordinal when this noun is expressed. Thus, Le onze de Mai* The eleventh of May. Le onzieme jour de Mai, The eleventh day of May. XCVI. The fourth of # January, Janvier. The eighteenth of February, Fevrier. The twenty-sixth of March, Mars. The second of April, Ami, deux. The twenty-second of May, Mai. Of the first of June, Juin, premier. Of the second of July, Juillet, deux. Of the twenty-ninth of August, Aout. The thirtieth of September, Septembre. The eighteenth of October, Octobre. The twelfth of November, Novembre. The thirty-first of December, Decembre. 4. Speaking of kings and emperors, the numeral is always used instead of the ordinal adjective, except un and deux, which are never substituted for premier and second. Thus, George Quatre, Louis Seize, Philippe Premier, Guillaume Second, George the Fourth. Lewis the Sixteenth. Philip the First. William the Second. * Proper names of months, like those of persons, (p. 23,) take no article before them, but only the prepositions dc (of) and a (to). 6 62 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. XCVII. James the First, Jaques. Charles the Second, Charles. John the Third, Jean. Henry the Fourth, Henri. Louis the Fifth,* Louis. William the Sixth, Guillaume. George the Seventh, George. Henry the Eighth, Henri. Louis the Eighteenth, Louis. In English, every ordinal adjective has ly added to it, when the noun place is omitted ; and ment is the cor- responding termination in French : — "In the first place," En Premier lieu; " Firstly ," Premierement. "In the second place," En Second lieu; "Secondly," Secondement. "In the third place," En Troisieme lieu; "Thirdly," Troisiemement. Either form of expression Is authorized. Ordinals ending in ment, are called adverbs in French gram- mars. Sometimes the numerals are used as nouns ; as, un cent de plumes, " a hundred of pens ; " but the French have also nouns ending in aine, which are used in similar cases ; as, une cent aine de plumes. VERBS. Verbs in French, as in English, are words which ex- press what some noun or pronoun is or docs; as. The boy plays. Le garcon joue ; The child is pretty, U enfant est joli. In English, the verb has but few variations. Thus the * Cinq is used in all cases except two, — Charles Fifth, an emperor of Germany, and Sextus the Fifth, one of the popes. In these two cases only, we say, Charles Quint, Sixte Quint. VERBS. 63 verb fear has fearest, feareth, fears, for the present tense, and feared and fearedst for the past tense. All the other tenses and moods which are said to belong to English verbs, are formed by the union of two or more distinct words ; as, have feared, am feared, fee. It is not so in French, for, by merely altering the termi- nation of their verb, they express various modifications, which we can only express by phrases. Thus, parle means speak ; parlais, was speaking ; parlai, spoke ; parlerai, will speak ; parlerais, would speak, &c. English verbs have a great variety of endings in what is called the name of the verb or infinitive mood ; as, go, fly, drag, start, fear, seem, stun, speak, punish, receive, sell, &c. It is not so with French verbs, for they all end either in er, ir, oir, or re, in the infinitive mood. Verbs that end in er are many times more numerous than all the verbs in the three other terminations. Verbs ending in er, ir, oir, and re, differ from each other in their manner of forming the tenses and persons. Those in er have the verb parler, to speak, for their model, in the sheet Table, facing page 64. Those end- ing in ir have the verb punir, to punish ; those ending in oir have recevoir, to receive ; and those ending in re have vendre, to sell. Verbs ending in er are said to be of the first conjuga- tion or form ; in ir, of the second ; in oir, of the third ; and in re, of the fourth conjugation. • French verbs are said to have four modes, viz. the infinitive, indicative, imperative, and subjunctive. The infinitive and imperative modes have but one tense, the indicative has five, and the subjunctive two. Each tense has three persons singular, and three plural, as in English, and the person is sometimes indicated by the personal pronoun, and at others by the change of ter- mination, as in English. The English of the first conjugation only is given in full, for a moment's attention will enable the pupil to change the English verb to suit the verb which is the model of the other conjugations. 64 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. After the pupil has learned the Table of the four con- jugations, or, indeed, before he has done so, the teacher will do well to oblige him to vary a variety of regular verbs by the aid of the following Table of terminations. He will then see that, although the four conjugations dif- fer in a. few respects, yet they agree in many. As far as practicable, in the sheet Table of the four conjugations, the movable termination is distinguished from the root, or unchanged part of the verb, by a different kind of type. CO Ph O < U2 8 *S ig •** "S •-III ** «*» Ss 21 "fcs 1 8 3a © '*} ^5 ^S ^ &» s- *f •3 £ V e/j 1 •** •2 «8 r§ *S C5 8 © 5s Ss Q 8 CO "8 ^ s §<* 8 .2 '8 -3 "8 X to W o < ^ o g to So m < ■5-3 8 M ■ to w G t-H P-l 03 * © 3 O J- J- - 5 s 72 ® to to [To lace p. 64. to RBS. $ to to to to JPtVn in OIR. | Fourth Conjugation in RE. S I Vejidre, To sell. ^ to commanaer. TABLE OF REGULAR VERBS. ""— -g First Conjugation in ER. PRESENT TENSE. IMPERFECT TENSE. PRETERITE TENSE. INFINITIVE MODE. Second Conjugation in IR. | Third Conjugation in OIR. \ Fourth Conjugation in RE. INDICATIVE MODE. tUttlL. N., in /urines V..iis,.oraios, IN por/erent, Ye or you spoke o They spoke or did FUTURE TENSE. SlVGPi.AH. !l'j,//,"/.'rr,V '' Plural. •\,.i, .-,„„-/,.,„„. Vous onWerez, SlVGUl I shall or will spe Thou shall or wil He shall or will s r UY Si, J! .., V.llV: Ye or you shall or CONDITIONAL TENSE. Il,.,»7erait,» He would or should apeak. Plural. N.n.s oor'.'riun Vous pnrteriez Plural. We would or should speak. Ye or you would or should spe * They would or should speak. PRESENT TENSE. SINGULAR Singular. au'uWte, Speak thou, or Do thou speak. Plural. Parlons, Portoz, Uu'ils partem, Let us speak, or Speak we. Let them speak,' je sois aime , Comp. Pret. Subjunc- Que je fusse aime , cxx. Find the proper tense of avoir first, and then find the past participle of the following verb. The infinitive mode only of lK)th verbs is given. In this lesson the past par- ticiple is not varied by gender or number; in other words, it is masculine and singular, whatever may be the number and gender of the pronoun or word it maybe supposed to qualify, OX" The past participle is, however, sometimes varied after avoir, and examples will be given hereafter. The word some is understood before this word. (See Lesson XLV11I.) COMPOUND TENSES OF VERBS. 19 I have punished. That thou mightest have received. He would have sold, She has condemned, It has had, That we may have been, Ye will have fallen, That they may have defended, CXXL avoir, punir. avoir, recevoir. avoir, vendre. avoir, condamner. avoir, avoir, avoir, etre. avoir, tomber. avoir, defendre. The past participle after the verb etre is always varied to suit the gender and number of the noun or pronoun it qualifies ; thus, 11 est puni, " He is punished;" Elle est punie, "She is punished;" Les hommes sont punis, " The men are punished ; " Les femmes sont punies, " The women are punished." When the gender is unknown, the participle must be put in the masculine gender. The glasses are filled, The shoes were finished, The houses have been built, He will be obeyed, The earth will be refreshed, I was deceived, That ye may be carried-away, * That the mothers might be warned, verre, etre, remplir. Soulier, etre, finir. A 7 A • maison, etre, oatir. etre, obeir. terre, etre, rafraichir. etre, decevoir. etre, emporter. mere, etre, avertir. Promiscuous CXXII. with avoir and etre. Thou hast succeeded, She is settled, We were driven-away, # They would have forgotten, That ye may have deserved, He will be drowned, avoir, reussir. etre, etablir. etre, chasser. avoir, oublier. avoir etre merit er. noyer. * When adverbs are united to the verb with a hyphen, both Eng- lish words are to be expressed by one word in French. Chass6 means driven away or chased. 80 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. That he might have been killed. Thou hast been abused. avoir, etre, tuer. avoir, etre, outrager. PRONOUNS. Pronouns are either words which stand without the noun to which they refer, or they are adjectives formed from such words, and qualifying some noun expressed. In fact, a pronoun in French is the same as a pronoun in English. For the sake of convenience, pronouns are divided into seven classes, viz. personal, conjunctive, adjective, possessive, demonstrative, relative, and indefinite. 1. Personal Pronouns. These pronouns are said to have numbers, persons, and cases, as nouns have, and they are declined as follows : — First Person. Singular. Norn. Je or moi, I. Gen. Dc moi, Of me. A moi, To me. Moi, Me. Dc moi, From, with, or by, me. Dat. Ace. Abl. Plural. Nom. Nous, We. Gen. De nous, Of us. Dat. A nous, To us. Ace. Nous, Us. Abl. De nous, From, with, or by, us. Second Person. SlNGUL \K. Nom. Th or toi, Thou. Gen. De toi, Of thee. Dat. A toi. To thiee. \rc Toi, Thee. Voc. Toi, thou. Abl. Dc toi, From, with, or by, thee. Plural. Nom. Vous, Ye or you. Gen. De vous, Of you. Dat. A von*, To you. Arc. Vous, You. Vbe. Vous, O ye. Abl. De vous, From, with, or by, you. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 81 Third Person, Masculine. SrNGULAR. Nom. 11 or lui, He or it. Gen. De lui, Of him. Dat. A lui, To him. Ace. Lui, Him. Abl. De lui, From, with, or by, him. Plural. Nom. Us or eux, They. Gen. D'eux, Of them. Dat. A eux, To them. Ace. Eux, Them. Abl. D'eux, From, with, or by, them. Nom Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Third Person. Singular. Elle, She or it. D'elle, Of her or of it. A elle, To her or to it. Elle, Her or it. D'elle, From, with, or by, her or it. Feminine. Plural. Nom. Elles, They. Gen. D ^ elles, Of them. Dat. A elles, To them. Ace. Elles, Them. Abl. D' elles, From, with, or by, them. Third Person, Common Gender. Nom, Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Singular. Never used. De soi, Of one's self, himself, herself, itself. A soi, To one's self, &S0. Soi, One's self, &c. De soi, From, with, or by, one's self, &c. Plural. Soi is rarely used in the plural, eux-memes and elles- memes supplying its place. The duplicate nominatives Moi, Toi, and Lui, are never nominatives to any verb, but are what is called independent, or in apposition, and are only used when, in English, J, Thou, and He, are not nominatives to any verb. The following examples of this use of these words should be carefully attended to : — It is J. C'est moi. I, who love you ! Moi, qui vous aime ! 82 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. It is thou. Cest toi. It is he. Cest lui. Thou, to speak thus ! Toi, parler ainsi ! He, whom I despise ! Lui , que je meprise ! The accusatives moi, toi, lui, and soi, are seldom found without some preposition before them. The pro- nouns of the first and third persons have no vocative. The word mcme is often joined to the personal pronouns moi, toi, lui, elle, soi, nous, vous, eux, and ellcs, and js equivalent to our word self. Thus, moi- mcme, myself; toi-meme, thyself; lui-mcme, himself; elle-mcme, herself; soi mcme, one's self; nous-mcmes, ourselves; vous-mcmes, yourselves; eux-memes (masc), themselves; elles-memes (fem.), themselves. Mcme, being an adjective, takes the plural termination when the pronoun to which it is joined is plural. Meme is never joined to ye, tu, il, or Us. CXXIII. Exercises upon the personal pronouns, when nomina- tives, have already been given. This lesson shows how they are used with a preposition ; for it must be remem- bered, that they are never preceded by the article, for, de (of) and a (to), though sometimes called articles, are, in fact, only prepositions, as of and to are in English. All the world (or every one) is against you. Tout monde contre Depend upon me. Compter, moi. They went to the theatre without me. allcr theatre sans Ho received + letters from them and from us. recevoir let (re de Thr father sent a hundred crowns to you and (to) her. pi re envrnjer — rait ecu a It will pass from you to me. Passer, de, a. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 83 Give the jewels to us or to them. donner bijou Put it before me and behind him. mettre devant derriere Every one thinks of himself. chacun penser a soi. The affair is good in itself. affaire bon en soi. CXXIV. But the most important use of moi, toi, and lui, is when they are nominatives, but not nominatives to any verb, as in the examples given just before Lesson CXXIII. There is another use of them, peculiar to the French, which must be noticed more particularly. In English, when two or more nouns or pronouns, of different persons, are nominatives to a verb, the verb is put in the plural, and is not varied, because the three persons in the plural number are alike ; and we say, He and I read, Thou and she read, You and I read. But the French language has different terminations in the three persons plural ; and, as only one of these can be used, the common practice is to place the different pronouns first, and then to add the plural of that pronoun which ranks the highest, the first being used before the second and third, and the second before the third ; as if we should say in English, " He and I we read," Lui et moi nous lisons ; " Thou and he ye read," Toi et lui vous lisez ; " You and I we read," Vous et moi nous lisons. He and I write, ecrire. They and I sell, vendre. You and I find, trouver. You and she read, lire. They and you walk, marcher. He and you fell, tomher. He and you and I owe, devoir. Thou and 1 and he spoke, parler. 84 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. cxxv. Another method is to omit the plural pronoun, as we do in English ; but even then the verb must agree with it understood ; and thus Fenelon says, " Narbal et moi admiriom la bonte des dieux," " Narbal and I were admiring the goodness of the gods." But this method is neither so common as the preceding, nor as the follow- ing, viz. Some authors prefer to put the plural pronoun before the verb, and the other pronouns after it ; thus, Nous irons lui et moi, " We shall go he and I." Whichever method is adopted, the verb must be in the plural, and must agree with the person that ranks first, and the pronoun / must never be expressed by je, nor thou by tu, nor he by il. According to this latter method, write the following sentences. The tenses are all compound ones. (Lesson CXX and CXXI.) Thou and I were converted, convertir. He and you had consented, consentir. You and I have conquered, conquerir. They and you have cherished, cherir. You and she will be conducted, conduire. He and I were found, trouver. They and I were known, connaitre. She and I are taught, 2. Conjunctive Pronouns. Conjunctive pronouns are, in fact, the personal pro- nouns of English grammarians, but their peculiar use entitles them to a separate class; for they are never nominatives to any verb, nor the objects of any preposition. Singular. 1st person, Mc, me, myself, to me, and Moi, to me. 2d person, 7V, tbee, thyself, ta thee, and Toi, to thee. 3d p. masc. Lt\ him or it ; />///, to him or it. 3d p. rem. La, her or it ; Lui, to her or it. 3d person, Sk t himself, herself, itself, one's self, or to himself, to herself, kc. CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 85 En. Of him, of her, of it ; from him, from her, from it, from whatever is spoken of. Y. To him, to her, to it, to whatever is spoken of. Plural. 1st person, Nous, us, ourselves, or to us. 2d person, Vous, you, yourselves, or to you. 3d person, masc. and fern., Les, them, Leur, to them. 3d person, Se, themselves, or to themselves. En. Of or from them or whatever is spoken of. Y. To them, to whatever is spoken of. Y is also often rendered into English by there and thither, and En, by thence, some, and any. The conjunctives moi, toi, lui, are usually in the dative case, and may be distinguished from the personals moi, toi, and lui, by never having any preposition expressed before them, and by usually having the preposition to understood. Leur is also always in the dative case, and must not be mistaken for leur (their), an adjective pronoun. Me, te, le, la, se, and their plurals, nous, vous, les, se, are in the dative case when they mean to me, to thee, to him, to it, fee. ; and in the accusative when the word to is not understood before them. En is in the genitive case when it means of it, Sec. ; and in the ablative when it means from, with, or by, it, fee. Y\s always in the dative case. Examples : — Accusatives. Datives. 11 me tue, He kills me. Vous me parlez, You speak Je me blesse, I hurt myself. to me. Je te vois, I see thee. Donnez moi, Give (to) me. Elle le prefer e, She prefers him. Je les aime, I love them. 11 se cache, He hides him- self. Je te donne, I give (to) thee. Je lui parte, I speak to him or her. Vous leur ecrivcz, You write (to) them. 11 vous parlc, He speaks to you. 86 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. In placing these conjunctive pronouns, when more than one is used, before the verb, the following order must be observed, the first numbers to come before any that fol- low : — 1. me, tc, se, nous : vous. 2. le, la, les. 3. lui and leur. 4. y. 5. en. Of course only one of each ^ class will be found in any sentence. Examples to illustrate the placing of Conjunctive Pro- nouns when more than one is used before the Verb. II me les a donne, Je te la montrai, II leur en parla, Je le lui donne, Je les y envoyai, Je lui y en enverrai, He has given them to me. I showed her to thee. He spoke to them of it. I give it to them. I sent them thither. I will send some there to him. Conjunctive pronouns usually are placed before the verb tli at governs them ; but when the verb is in the Imperative Mode, first person plural, or in either of the second persons, and is not accompanied by a negative, the conjunctives usually follow it connected by hyphens, and the order of the conjunctives is the same as before, except that me le, me la, me les, become le-moi, la-moi, and les- moi ; nous le, nous la, nous les, become le-nous, la-nous, and Its-nous; m\y and fy become y-moi, and y-toi. Examples : — . Donnez-Iui-en. l)onnrz-lc-moi. Moquons-nous-en. Souv omitted before them, as in this example. ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 99 Restore to him his hooks, slate, and pen. Rendre Uvre ardoise plume. Promise her his library, house, and furniture. Promettre Mbliotheque rnaison meuhles. Let them betray their friends, relatives and families. ml 1 trahir ami parent famille. CXLV. When an adjective pronoun precedes a noun, the noun cannot have an article, but the preposition de is used for of and a for to. Go to my table and bring (to) me my handkerchief. Aller table apporter mouchoir. Send to my shop and carry the key of his door. Envoy er boutique porter cle portc. He borrowed (the) half of my money. emprunter moitie argent. (The) half of her property is lost. moitie bien perdre. Their son went to our church. fils aller eglise. Our calves came from their barn. veau venir grenier. I am enraged at your success. enrager de succes. Conduct my children to their chamber. Conduire enfant ckambre. CXLVI. When the personal or conjunctive pronoun unequivo- cally points out to whom the thing belongs, the adjective pronoun, though expressed in English, is omitted in French, and its place is supplied by the definite article. Thus, in the expression II s y est rompu le cou, " He has broken his neck," the se of the reflective verb shows that the neck belongs to the nominative il, (he,) and it is not necessary to put son instead of le. After reflective verbs, 100 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. therefore, and after other verbs, when their nominative points out the possessor distinctly, the adjective pronouns which denote the possessor, must be omitted, and the arti- cle used in their place. 1 have a pain in-my head. avoir — mal (to the) tcte. He has received a blow on-his arm. recevoir coup (to the) bras. I have* hurt my hand. Je se blesser (to the) main. He has broken his leg. se casser (the) jambe. The French also use the article instead of the adjective 'pronoun, when the noun they qualify is followed by a rela- tive and by a personal pronoun of the same person as themselves. Thus, instead of saying "I have received your letter that you wrote me," the French say " I have received the letter that you wrote me ; " and this form is preferable in English also. Keep your promises that you have made. Tenir le promesse que faire.-f I have sold your horse that you (had) lentf (to) % me. vendre le cheval que preter He has lost my book that I (had) bought. perdre le livre que acheter.f We have found our sheep that we had lost. trouvcr le brcbis que perdre.^ CXLVII. The adjective pronoun its is rendered by en, (which means of //,) the noun which en or its refers to being ' Notice the reflective verb, and recollect that the have of such verbs is always expressed bv Strr. I Thl8 participle agrees with t/ur in number and gender I When words arc thus inclosed in parentheses, thev are to be ex- pressed in French, though perhaps unnecessary in the English sen- tence. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 101 preceded by an article. Thus, " The city is healthful, for Its streets are clean," would be rendered as if it were " The city is healthful, for the streets of it are clean," La vilJe est saine parceque les rues en sont nettes* Paris is a fine city; I admire its police. ) " " " " I admire the police of it. } Paris beau mile admirer police. His house is large, and its doors are small. maison grand porte petit. Your gown is black, and its lining is white, robe noir doublure blanc. His coach is new; I like its color. carosse neuf; aimer couleur. The bridge is long, but I see its end* pont long, mats vols Jin. Their aunt is poor ; but 1 like her character. tante pauvre aimer car act ere. Our city is large, but I do not like its inhabitants. ville grand, ne pas habitant. 4. Possessive Pronouns. These imply possession, and, being used without the noun they qualify, and with the definite article, are allowed to constitute a separate class. What are called possessive pronouns in French, are in fact the possessive cases of the English personal pronouns, viz. mine, thine, his, hers, ours, yours, and theirs. The article is varied before them according to their case, number, and gender, and they themselves are varied to suit the gender and number of the noun they possess, and not those of the possessor. First Person. Singular. Plural, Masc. Fem. N. & Ac. he mien, La mienne ; G.&Ab. Dumien, De la mienne; Dative. Au mien, A la mienne; 9* Masc. Fem. Lcsmiens, Lrs mienncs ; Mine. Des miens, Dcsmiennes; Of mine. Jlux miens, Aux, miennes ; To mine. 102 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* First Person, Singular. Masc. Fern. N. & Ac. Le noire, La notrc ; G. & Ab. Du n6tre, De la noire; Dative. Au noire, A la noire; Plural. Masc. & Fem. Les notres ; Des notres ; Auxndtres; Oars. Of ours. To ours. Second Person. Singular. Masc. Fein. N. & Ac. Le iicn, La ilenne ; G. & Ab. Du tien, De la iienne; Dative. Au ticn, A la titnne ; Masc. Les tiens, Des tiens, Aux tiens, Plural. Fem. Les tiennes ; Thine. Des tiennes ; Of thine . Awe tiennes; To thine, SrNGULAR. Masc. Fem. Second Person. Plural. Masc. & Fem. N. & Ac. Le voire, La voire ; G.& Ab. Du voire, I>e la votre; Dative. Auvdtre, A la voire; Les vdtres ; Des vdtres ; Aux vdtres ; Yours. Ofyoursv To yours. Third Person, Singular. Masc. Fem. N. & Ac. Le sien, La sienne; G. & Ab. Du sien, De la sienne; Dative. Au sien, A la sienne; Plural^ Masc. Fem. Les siens, Les siennes ; His or Hers. Des siens, Des siennes ; Of his or Hers. Aux siens, Aux siennes ; To his or Hers. Third Person. Singular. Mate. Tern. N. chaises to you. J This table is long. table long. That eye is black. ceil noir. These pens are mine. ) plume to me. ) These pictures are beautiful. tableau beau. That man is your brother. frere. Those birds are mine. > oiseau to me. 3 That street Is narrow. rue etroite. These eyes are blue. ceil bleu. Those fans are his. eventail to him Those letters are small. lettre petit. This eagle and that goose are dead. aigle (fern.) oie mort (pi. masc.) CL1L In English we say, "I saw his house and his father's;" but the French cannot render this without using their demonstrative pronouns ; thus, Je vis sa maison et celle de son pere, " I saw his house and that of his father." The following sentences must be thus altered by the pupil before they are rendered into French : — I saw his wife and his brother's. voir femme frere. We fed her children and her sister's. nourrir enfant sceur. She knew mine and my father's name, or, She knew my name and that of my father. savoir nom pere. 106 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. They killed his and his brother's son. titer frere fls. He felt ours and our friends' misfortune. sentir ami, (pi.) malheur. We lost their pens and their master's. perdre plume maltre. He wishes our blood and our children's. vouloir sang enfant. CLIII. When, in English, who or whom, follows he, she, they, him, her, them, or those, these English pronouns are ex- pressed in French by the demonstratives, celui, celle, ceux or celles, according to the gender and number ; thus, Celui ou celle qui chante. j Ceux ou celles qui meprisent. He or she who sings. | Those who despise. They who render a service ought to forget it. rendre service devoir oublier. He who receives it ought to remember (of) it. recevoir devoir se souvenir en. He who forsook his wife and children. qui abandonner femme -\~ enfant. She who bought his house and furniture. qui acheter maison + meubles. They who hated their brothers and sisters. qui hair frcres -|- sceurs. Those who despise their relations and friends. qui mepriser parent -f- ami. I spoke to those who were wise. purler ctre sage. Ce is also used as a nominative to some tense of the verb dn\ and is both singular and plural. As this use of it presents no little difficulty to a foreigner, the following rules, abridged from the M Grammaire des Grammaires" will assist him : — DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 107 Rule 1. When ce precedes some tense of etre (to be), and is followed by a preposition governing a noun in the plural, the verb etre must be singular. (Jest a ces dieux que vous sacrifiez. It is to these gods that you sacrifice. Rule 2. When ce precedes some tense of etre, and the nominative or nominatives after it are in the singular number, etre must be singular. (Jest le sublime et le prodigieux. It is the sublime and the prodigious. If the nominative or nominatives after etre be in the plural, the verb must be so. Ce sont les vices qui degradent Fhomme* It is the vices that debase mankind. Rule 3. When ce precedes a tense of etre, which is fol- lowed by the first or second person plural of the personal pronouns nous or vous, the verb must be singular. C'est vous tous qui etes cheris. It is you all who are beloved. But the verb must be in the third person plural, if the pronoun that follows it be so. Oetoient eux qui ordonnoient la ceremonie. It was they who ordered the ceremony. Rule 4. When a question is asked, and etre is followed by a plural noun or pronoun, only the imperfect and con- ditional tenses of etre must be plural ; the other tenses must be singular. p ^ Est-ce eux qui parlentl \ Is it they who speak ? p . ( Fut-ce nos propres filsl \ Was it our own sons ? 103 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. ^ ( Sera-ce elks qui iront ? * UtUre ' I Is it they who will go ?* Imperfect. Etoient-ce euxl Conditional. Seroient-ce elles 1 Compound of ) Auroient . ce iU ewc j Conditional, y CLIV. Rule I. It is from contraries that results the harmony of the world* des contraire que resulter harmonie monde. It is to all men that he speaks. a tout -\- horrime que parler. Rule 2. It is the number of (the) people and the abundance of food. nombre peuple abondance aliment 7 (pl.) It is the labor and finish that we admire. travail achievement admirer. It is the flatterers, the vicious-, who have lauded vice, jlatteur vicieux qui louer -f- vice. Rule 3. It is* all of us ) t .« . , It will be us all T ? Fr J qui perir. It was we who were unhappy. qui (1st p. pi.) malheureux. It is they who honor their country. eux quihonorcr pat rie . Rule 4. Was it your children that were drowned ? enfant qui noycr (pi.) ? * The puntf must observe, thai when, in English, the verb which follows " is it " is in the future tense, "is it" must be rendered in French by the future tense of itre ; and it' •• is it " in English is fol- lowed i.\ ■ past tense, is it in French must be past also. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 109 Is It they who are-making the noise ? eux faire bruit 1 Would it be they ? Would it have been the sons ? eux 1 avoir etre fils ? CLV. Ce is not used as an adjective when it is followed by qui or que. Aimez ce qui est juste, Love that which is just. Vous aimez ce que nous ha'issons, You love that which we hate. The pupil will see that ce qui and ce que may be translated by what, as well as by that which ; and he must always be careful, in rendering what into French, to see first whether that which may be put in its place ; for, if this change can be made, ivhat must be rendered by ce qui or ce que.* I see what {or that which) is the most suitable. voir etre conv enable Tell me what (or that which) you wish to do. Dire vouloir faire He wishes what is reasonable. vouloir raisonnable I prefer what he says to what he does. prefer er dire a faire What I like I always seek. aimer toujours chercher We desire what would be fatal to us. desirer etre fatal What we wish and what we want, or That which we desire and that of-which we have need. desirer ce dont avoir besoin The adverb ci, which means here, and la, which means there, are often affixed to celid, cellc, and their plurals ; and when this is done, the meaning of these * In parsing such sentences as the above, ce is the accusative and governed by aimez, qui is the nominative to est, and que is the accu- sative of ha'issons. In the sentence, Ce qui est juste nest pas expe- dient, ce is the nominative to the latter est, and qui, to that which precedes juste. Qui and que, in all these examples, are relative pronouns. 10 110 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. pronouns is much more definite. CeJui without ci lias not the restricted meaning of our this, but with ci it is fully equivalent to it ; thus, Cclui-ci ) This, when it means the latter, the person or Celle-ci ) thing nearest or last-mentioned. Celui-la > That, when it means the former, farthest off, Cclle-la 5 or first-mentioned (person or thing). So with their plurals Ceux-ci, cefles-ci, ceux-la, celles-la. These pronouns are applied to persons and things. When without the ci and la, they are always followed by the relative pronoun qui, but with these words they may be used without qui, thus: Tel est Vavantage qu'ont les talents sur la beaute ; cellc-ci n'a qu y un temps pour pi aire, ceuxAa plaisent dans tous les temps. Such is the advantage that talents have over beauty ; the latter only pleases for a time, the former through all time. CLVL The latter was proud of his burden. etre glorieux charge The former is worn-out, but the latter is new. etre use mais neuf The former make war, the latter love peace. faire -{-guerre , aime r paix The latter is the most clever, the former is the most learned. etre habile savant I prefer the latter to the former. prrfc.rer (fern.) a We like the former better than the latter. aimer (pi. masc.) mieux que Ce is also joined to ci and la, forming ceci, this, and cela,* that. Ceci and cela are applied only to things, have no plural, and are always masculine. Tlw pupil must obscrvr, that the Ct and Ja are not connected by hyphms. as in ibfi former case, and the accent over la is omitted in MM, RELATIVE PRONOUNS. Ill Je rHaime pas ceci, donnez-moi de cela. I do not like this, give me some of that. When ci and la are used with ce, but separated from it, the noun is expressed, and ci and la are united to it by hyphens. The la also retains its accent ; thus, Ce chapeau-ci, This hat. Cette ville-la, That town. CLVIL This merits attention. meriter attention. What do you think of that ? Que penser de We take this, and leave that. prendre -j- abandonner This country is very ambitious. pays-ci tres ambitieux. That man is too industrious. homme-la trop industrieux. This room is too long and too high. chambre-ci long haut. This is good, and that is better. bon, meilleur. Relative Pronouns. A relative pronoun in French is the same as a relative pronoun in English ; and it is usually preceded by a noun or pronoun, which is called its antecedent, and of which it takes the gender and number. The relative pronouns are as follows : — 1. Of both numbers and genders. Norn. Qui, JDont, Who, which, that. Gen. Of whom, whose, of which Dat. A Qui, To whom, to which. Ace. Que, Qui, De Qui, Whom, which, what, that. AbL From whom, from which. 112 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Qui, in the nominative, relates to persons and things, but in the other cases it usually refers only to persons. Qui, in the accusative, without a preposition, is only used in questions ; as, Qui cherchez-vom ? Whom do you seek ? Que, the accusative, never comes after a preposition. 2. Of both numbers and genders. Norn. Que, Quoi, What. Gen. De Quoi, or Dont. Of what, of which, whose. Dat. A Quoi, To what, to which. Ace. Que, Quoi, What, that. Abl. De Quoi, From which, or from what. Quoi only refers to things. It is rarely used except in the genitive or dative case. It is sometimes a nomina- tive independent, but never the nominative to any verb. In the accusative, it is never the object of a verb, though it is sometimes the object of en and other prepositions. Dont refers to persons or things, and is used instead of de qui, duquel, de laquelle, desquels, desquelles, and de quoi, whenever the antecedent is the next word before it, and a nominative the next word after it ; as, Le ciel, dont le secours est necessaire, Heaven, whose aid is ne- cessary. Dont never begins a sentence, and never asks a question. Que, the accusative, is always the object of a verb, and never that of a preposition. Its meaning and uses are very various, and must be carefully studied by the ad- vanced pupil. Some exercises upon these pronouns have necessarily been introduced in Lessons CLIII. and CLIV.; but a few more are necessary to show the peculiar use of some of them. CLVIII. Qui without an antecedent. Who speaks of every-thing, often speaks at random. purler tout souvent hasard. HELATIYE PRONOUNS. 113 Whoever loves God, loves his brother. aimer Dieu frere* Whoever (knows not how to) keep a secret, is incapable of (can not) [governing.* (ne savoir pas) garder secret incapable (gouverner. I will make you (to) know who I am, faire — connoitm Bring with you wham you will (or shall wish), jimener avec vouloir (future) And whenever Qui asks a question ; as, Who are those magistrates and those officers ? etre magistrat et QJficier Who is that man ? Who has done that i homme 1 faire cela Whom shall you see at (the) church to-morrow ? (fut. tense) voir eglise demam CLIX. Examples of the Use of Dont, Reading of-which I make my amusement. -\- lecture faire amusement. The dog whose attachment ) . A ,.° r , . , „.> interests me, chien or wnom the attachment ) attachement interesser He is a man whose arm ) ._ #7 7 c u *u / supports innocence. 11 homme, oi whom the arm ) l l bras soutenir + innocence. You see the men of whom I was-s peaking. voir homme parler. The house of which I have made a purchase. maison faire — acquisition. * The English present participle, when governed by any other preposition than en. is rendered in French by the infinitive mode ; as, lass6 de vivrc (tired of living). 10* 114 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, Great men whose actions ^ are forgotten, -f- Grand homme of whom the actions $ oublier. Alexander whose courage > is sufficiently known, Alexandre of whom the courage ) assez connaitre. The King on-whom depend the kings of earth. Roi dependre roi -f- tcrre. CLX. Examples of Qui and Quoi with Prepositions. Of whom were you speaking ? parler Love the friends to whom you give your confidence. Aimer ami donner conjiance. Glory, to which heroes sacrifice. -\-gloire -f- hero sacrifier. The horse to which 1 owe my ) life. cheval devoir the ) vie. The thing on which the miser thinks the least. chose a avare penser le moins. One of the reasons for which I wish to go. raison pour qui vouloir aller. Give me wherewith ) to write. Donner of what 5 — ecrire. He is rich, he has wherewith > to be content, riche avoir of what £ content* CLXL Examples of the Use of Que v)hen an Accusative. It is he that I was-striking. Cest lui f rapper The saddles that you have-sold me. scllc vend re I found the watch that you had lost. trouvcr rnontre perdre. What did-you-tell me to do? dire faire RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 115 What will-you-give us to allow it ? donner de permettre What do-) T ou-intend to say to her ? se proposer dire Give me the peaches that you were-purchasing. Donner peche acheter CLXII. Que performs as many offices in French as that does in English, but it may not be omitted in French as it often is in English, and it must be repeated before every verb that governs it ; as, The God we love and worship Le Dieu que nous aimons et que nous* adorons, The dog -f- you saw is a fine spaniel. chien voir bel epagneul. The boats -\- we hired and + -j~* lost. bateau louer perdre. The scholar -f- we loved and + + cherished, ecolier aimer cherir. The doors + she shut and + + opened. porte fermer ouvrir. The boy that I caught and -f- + punished. gargon attrapper punir* The other relative pronoun is Lequel, which is applied to both persons and things, and is varied by gender, num- ber and case, as follows : — Masculine. Feminine. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. N. & Ac. Lequel, Lesquels; I Laquelle, Lesquelles ; which. Be laquelle, Desquelles ; of which, whose. A laqueUe, Auxquellcs ; to which. G. & Ab. Duquel, Desquels Dative. Jluquel, Auxquels ; The pupil will perceive that this relative is composed of Quel and the definite article. Quel is also placed * The personal pronoun we must be repeated in such cases as well as que. 116 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. amongst the relative pronouns, but it is a mere adjective, followed by its noun, and agreeing with it in gender and number ; thus, Quel homme, what man* Quels hommesy what men. Quelle femme, what woman. Quelles femmes, what women. The nominatives Lequel, Laquelle, and their plurals, are never used unless when the use of qui would leave the antecedent doubtful ; for, when two nouns of different genders or numbers precede the relative, it may be diffi- cult to determine to which qui refers, since it never changes ; but Lequel, being varied by gender and number, determines the question by agreeing with one noun, and not with the other. The genitive of this pronoun is more frequently used, and as the proper use of it, and of all the cases, is perplex- ing even to Frenchmen, we will attempt to give a rule to guide the pupil. In the sentence u IJarbre a la protec- tion duquel je dois la vie" the antecedent of du quel is arbre, and the word that governs it, or that it qualifies, is protection. Now, the genitive of this relative always has an antecedent and a governing word ; and when both come before it, as in the above sentence, du quel, de I a quelle, and their plurals, must always be used instead of de qui and dont, if you are speaking of things or animals ; but if you are speaking of persons, it is a matter of taste, and you may use whichever best suits the ear. La Seine dans le lit de laquelle, etc. Le prince a la protection de qui or duquel, etc. In the dative case, if speaking of persons, either a qui or auqucl may be used ; but when speaking of things, auquel, a la quelle, and their plurals, must be used ; as, Le jar din auqucl; Dint a qui, or auqucl. In the accusative, if the pronoun is governed by a verb, Icqucl, &lc, should not be used, unless to avoid an equivocal RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 117 expression, as in the nominative ; but if it is governed by a preposition, in speaking of things, lequel, laquelle, and their plurals, must be used ; but if you are speaking of persons, you may use qui or lequel, &c, indifferently. Thus, L 'opinion contre laquelle, The opinion against which. Le juge devant qui or devant lequel y The judge before whom. CLXIII. Examples of the Genitive Case. The sheep to the spoils of-which* -f- men owe their clothing. mouton depouille (sing.) devoir vetement (pi.) A city to the ruin of which the generals came. ville mine general venir A religion of-which he despised the maxims. religion dont mepriser maxime The school to the scholars of-which he spoke. ecole ecolier s'adresser I keep the book of-which you have made me a present. tenir livre dont faire — *present It is a lady at the house of whom he died. (Jest dame maison mourir The forest at the end of which he arrived. foret Jin arriver CLXIV. Examples of the Dative Case. The garden to which I give all my care. jar din donner soin (pi.) The sciences to which I apply-myself. science s'appliquer * The pupil will observe that The sheep to tohose spoils, &c., The city to whose ruin, &c, would be better English, but would not lead so directly to the French construction. 118 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. The girl to whom you sold the gown. Jille vendre robe The horses to which the boy gave -f- na y» cheval gargon donner fain The friends to whom you give your confidence, ami donner confiance The waves to which he was abandoned. jlot etre abandonner The hopes to which youth gives birth. esperance -j-jeunesse naissance CLXV. Examples of the Accusative, governed by a Preposition. The king before whom we must appear. roi devant devoir par oit re The woods in which we have walked. bois (sing.) dans etre promener. The religion against which he spoke. religion contre parler The young-ladies with whom I have conversed. demoiselle avec avoir converser The cause for which he lost his life. cause pour perdre la vie The papers on which he wrote his history. papier sur ecrire histoire The soldiers by whom we were surrounded. soldai par etre entourcr (pi.) In connection with the relative pronouns, it should be remarked that the adverb ou, which usually means where, is sometimes used instead of duquel, dans lequcl, par lequel ; but this never happens except when the nouns to which they relate, or the verbs to which they are joined, convey the idea of place; as, La maison ou je demcurc, The house in which I live ; Le peril ou jc nf engage, The danger in which I embark. The follow- ing exerrisc will furnish a few examples of tills peculiar INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 119 use of ou, which has induced some of the best French grammarians to call it a relative pronoun. CLXVI. The instant (in-vvhich) we are-born is one step towards death. instant ou naitre pas vers -f- mort. Heaven is a book (in-which) the earth may read. -\-Ciel livre ou terre pouvoir lire I am free from the proud yoke (to-which) I was attached. libre joug superbe ou etre attacher A good education, (on-which) depends the felicity of-j-nations. education tfou dependre felicite peuples He makes use of a means (by-which) that intriguer fell. faire usage moyen par ou intrigant tomber See (in-what) we have failed. Voild oil avoir manquer I pity the condition (in-which) you are. plaindre etat ou Vanity and flattery are the quicksands (on-which) beauty -\-Vanite -f- flatter ie ecueils ou -f- beaut e is wrecked, fait naufrage. 7. Indefinite Pronouns. This name is given by the French grammarians to several words, which, they say, stand instead of nouns, but whose meaning or application is general or indefinite. This class, in fact, includes such pronouns as could not properly be arranged in any of the other classes, and it may with propriety be called the miscellaneous class ; and the various pronouns included in it may be arranged under four heads, viz. : 1. Those which are always employed as pronouns, without being joined to any noun expressed. These are, On, One, &c. Chacun, Each, or every one. Quiconque, Whoever. Autrui, Others. Quelqu'un, Some one, some, Personne, Any one. be. iVe personne, No one. 1*20 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Rien, Anything. JNe rien, Nothing. Uun V autre, One another, or each other. Uun et r autre, Both. Uun ou T autre, Either* Ni Vun ni V autre, Neither. 2. Those which are always employed as adjectives, being always joined to a noun expressed. These are, Quel, What. Chaque, Each or every. Quelque, Some. Quelconque, Whatever. 3. Those which are sometimes proper pronouns used without a noun, and sometimes adjectives whose noun is expressed, viz. ; Nul, ^ Aucun, > No one. Pasun, ) Autre, Other. 3'Pme, Self, same. Tel, Such. Plusieurs, Several or many. Tout, AH or every. 4. Those followed by Que, and which, with this word, have a peculiar signification, viz. * Quel — que, whatever. Quoi — que, whatever. Quoi que ce soit, whatever. Qui que ce soit, whoever. Quelque — que, whatever or however. The following exercises will endeavor to exhibit the use of each of these pronouns in the above order. CLXVII. Exercises upon On. The pronoun on may generally be translated one; but, as no particular one is meant, it is often translated by ice, they, people, and folks. Thus, the sentence On vit autrtmcnt a Paris, may be rendered One lives, or we live, or they, folks, or people live, otherwise in Paris. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 121 On dit^ It is said. On apprend. We hear. Que dira-t-on ? What will people say, or what will the world say? Bat, however variously we may render this pronoun in English, remember that, in French, on is always in the nominative case, singular number, and third person; and requires its verbs and adjectives to agree with it accord- ingly. (U* The pupil will notice that the English words in Italic type must be rendered by on in the two following exercises :— We love those who love us. aimer One is beloved when he is generous. aime quand genereux. They fall when they are proud. tomber orgueilleux. People are-born musicians, as they are-born poets. naitre musicien (sing.) comme Von naitre poete. [(sing.) One is not always young and pretty. rf est pas toujour sjeune jolL We are very glad to be beloved. bien aise aime. They say that this season is the coldest. dire que saison froid. What would the world say if she went there ? dire aller (condt. tense). CLXV1II. It is often more elegant to translate this pronoun and its verb by the English passive verb ; thus, on dit may be rendered " it is said " as well as " one says ; " and as the English passives must often be rendered by the aid of on, 11 122 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. this lesson will contain examples to be turned by the pupil. The faults of its friends ought not to be attributed to religion ; that is, We ought not to attribute to religion, the faults of its friends. devoir attribuer religion faute ami. Vice is only to be overcome by flight ; that is, One only overcomes vice by flight. ne-que surmonter vice en lefuyant. That which is acquired without crime, is Jcept without remorse ; that is 7 One keeps without remorse,what one acquires without crime. garder sans remords, acquerir sans crime. Latin is studied, and every living language is neglected ; that is, They study Latin, and they neglect every living language. etudier-\- Latin, negliger tout vivant langue. That history is variously related ; that is, They relate variously that history. raconter diversement histoire. Experience is acquired at our own expense ; that is, We acquire experience at our-own expense. acquerir -f- experience a ses depens. Quacks are found every-where ; that is. One finds every-where quacks. trouver part out -{- charlatan. CLXIX. To soften the pronunciation, when on follows the word ct, si, ou, que or qui, the article /' is placed before it ; thus, ron* and one such case occurs in each of the fol- lowing sentences: — * S«»mo French etymologists think that on is a corruption or contrac- tion of lumnnc, or /wra, as homwr was once spelled. It may generally, if not always, bo rendered into English by the word man or men, as in every sentence in tins lesson. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 123 We do not love to see those to whom we owe so-much. aimer a voir a qui devoir tant. If one wishes to live tranquilly. si vouloir tranquillement It is from a king that we received this maxim. roi que recevoir maxime. People think and {people) say openly. penser et dire tout-haut. One may go where one wishes, pouvoir oiler ou, vouloir. The habits that one contracts. habitude que contracter. CLXX. Exercise upon Quiconque (whoever). This pronoun relates only to persons, is usually mascu- line, and has no plural. It is sometimes a nominative, and sometimes governed by the prepositions de (of) and a (to) . Whoever has contemplated the works of Cicero, fee. mediter ouvrage Ciceron, etc. [them. Flatterers live at the expense of whoever will listen-to -f- flatteur vivre depens (pi.) vouloir ecouter Religion is a source of pleasure to whoever approaches it -\-Religion source de plaisir s'en approche worthily, dignement. Whoever has renounced + religion may violate the most renoncer a la religion pouvoir violer sacred rights, sacre droit. Avoid whoever with pleasure sheds the blood of men. Eviter plaisir repandre sang homme. Whoever is rich is every-thing. riche tout. Whoever expects a misfortune is already unfortunate. attendre malheur deja malhcureux. 124 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. He who ) is not sensible to the pleasure of doing good Whoever 5 sensible plaisir faire + bien is not a man. — homme. CLXXI. -Exercise on Quelqu'un (some one, any one, some or any). Quelqu'un, when used without reference to any noun, means some one, or any one, relates to persons only, and has no feminine nor plural ; as, Quelqu'un a dit que Vdme du monde est le soleil, Some one has said that the sun is the soul of the world. But when quelqu'un has reference to a noun, it means some or any, relates to persons or things, and is varied as follows : — Singular. Plural. Masc. Quelqu'un, Quelques-uns. Fern. Quelqu'une, Quelques-unes. When thus referring to a noun or pronoun, this pronoun is preceded by the conjunctive pronoun c#, or followed by the preposition de ; thus, Connaissez-vous quelques-unes de ces dames 1 " Do you know any of those ladies ? " Oui fen connais quelques-unes, " Yes, I know some of them." Has any-one ever seriously doubted the existence of God ? that is, [God? Anyone, has he ever doubted seriously of the existence of jamais douter seriensemcnt existence Dieu I know this news of some one who is well-informed. savoir nouvelle bien instruit He had passed the day without giving pleasure to any one. fli'o?V passer jour sans faire plaisir a Of all the propositions, have you accepted any ? tout proposition accepter (fern, pi.) INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 125 I shall-make-use of some of your books. se servir (masc. pi.) livre I know some of the gentlemen. connaitre (masc. pi.) monsieur Chacun, masc, Chacune, fern., Each or Every one. This pronoun is varied by gender, but it is always singular, and requires its verb to be so. It is used without a noun, but, when it is followed by an adjective pronoun, it is difficult to determine what should be the gender and number of the pronoun. In the English sentence, " Trees bear their fruits each or every one in its season," usage has determined that his, her, or its, must always follow each or every one ; but the French say, Les arbres portent leur fruits, chacun dam leur saison, that is, " each in their season." Arbres (trees) is the word which chacun (each) distributes into individuals, and it is a nominative case plural 9 and precedes chacun. When, therefore, the word which chacun distributes is a nominative plural, or a personal pronoun governed by the preposition a (to) expressed or understood, the adjective pronoun that follows chacun must agree with the nomina- tive, and not with chacun. On the contrary, when the word which chacun distributes is any other than the nominative case plural, and the dative pronoun above mentioned, the adjective pronoun must agree with chacun. But sometimes chacun is not preceded by any word which it distributes, and then the adjective pronoun always agrees with it. Examples without a noun to be distributed. Chacun veut etre heureux, Every one wishes to be happy. Chacun sent son mal, Every one feels his-own pain. Chacun se gouverne a sa mode, Each lives in his-own way. 11* 126 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Examples with a plural nominative to be distributed. Nous danserons chacun a notre tour. We shall dance each in our turn. Vous aurez chacun votre part. You shall have each your part. Ces auteurs out chacun leur merite. These authors have each their merit. Examples with a dative pronoun to be distributed. Dieu nous* rendra a chacun selon nos ceuvres, God will render to us each according to ourf works. Examples with an accusative case to be distributed. Mettez ces livres chacun a sa place. Put those books each in its place. Serrez ces medailles, chacune dans sa case. Inclose these medals each in its case. CLXXII. Exercise on Chacun not preceded by a Noun or Pronoun to be distributed by it. Each follows his inclination. suivre inclination E very-body speaks of-it. parler en Every -one thinks for himself. penser pour soi Each of you does J his duty. vous fair e devoir Each of them % will play her part. jouer role * Nous moans to us ; but the pupil will notice that the preposition h (to) is repeated in all such cases before chacun. t In all the above examples, the French adjective pronoun should be uniformly rendered by his, in the third person singular, and not by our, your, their, Arc, as we have rendered it literally. t Although the noun or pronoun that comes between aucun and its verb may be plural, the verb must be singular, as in English. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS* 127 Each of those statues # is perfect. statue parfait Each of these pictures* is a fortune. tableau-ci fortune Each for himself, and God for all. soi tout He has given to each his part. donner sa part CLXXIIL Chacun following a Nominative Plural which it distributes. We have each his ) rights. avoir (our) ) The sailors went each to his duties. matelot oiler a (their) fonction The}' have fulfilled each her duty. remplir (their) devoir They have brought each his offering. apporter (their) offrande Let all men labor each in his ) station. Que tout homme travailler dans (their) ) etat Each of these two women has charms, or These two women have each their charms. femme charme They have gi ven their advice each according-to his ) views. donner avis selon (their) ) vue Languages have each their singularities, -f- langue avoir bizarrerie CLXXIV. Chacun after an Accusative which it distributes. Send-back those lackeys each to his mistress. Remettre valet maitresse * Although the noun that comes between aucun and its verb may be plural, the verb must be singular, as in English. 123 TRENCH ACCIDENCE. Carry those books and give them each to its owner. Porter livre donner maitre Take those cows and lead them each to her stall. Prendre vache mener Stable I will set-them-down each at his door. descend re porte You may find odes each excellent in its kind ; that is, You may find (some) excellent odes each in its kind. trouver + excellent ode en genre Both hostile kings caused te Deums to be sung in their camp, that is, The two kings, enemies, caused to sing te Deums each in his [camp. roi ennemi /aire chanter (des te Deum) dans [camp He sent all the prisoners each to his family. envoy er tout prisonnier famille The expression each of them is rendered by chacun d'eux or chacune d'elles, when persons are spoken of, but when things only are spoken of, the words of them are not expressed in French ; as, Vous avez deux chevaux, combien avez-vous donne de chacun; You have two horses, what did you pay for each of them 1 Voild trois cartes, je mets taut sur chacune ; There are three cards, I stake so much on each of them. CLXXV. Exercise on Autrui (others). This pronoun is applied only to persons, males or females; it is always plural, and no adjective nor article is ever joined with it. It is always used in an indefinite sense, and is governed only by the preposition a or de. Thus, II nc faut pas insulter a la misere d'autrui, We must not insult the misery of others. Ne fakes point a autrui ce que vous nc voudricz pas que Ton vous ft, Do not to others what you would not that they should do to INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 129 you. On, being also an indefinite pronoun, comes more properly after autrui than Us or elles. It is always troublesome to depend on others. 11 toujours facheux de dependre de He notices the faults of others, but he never speaks of remarquer f antes mats nejamaisparler them. en. Generosity endures the ills of others. -f- Generosite souffrir mal Happy or unhappy, man has need of others. Heureux ou malheureux, -f- homme besoin In espousing the interests of others, espouse not their epouser interet ne pas en passions, passion. We must not hurt others. 11 ne faut pas nuire a We must not covet the property of others. 11 ne faut pas convoiter bien He is afflicted, or he afflicts himself at the ills of others. s'affliger des mal CLXXVI. Exercise upon Personne and Ne personne. Personne when without ne means any one ; as, Y a-t-il personne ? " Is there any one ?" But it is usually accom- panied by ne, and then means no one; thus, Personne n'est digne d'etre hue, " No one is worthy to be praised." Personne is always singular and always masculine. # When ne is used with personne, it is placed directly before the principal verb, and the pas, or other negative, which usually accompanies it, is omitted. No-one can say that he is happy. pouvoir dire que heureux * Fersonnc, the indefinite pronoun, must be carefully distinguished from personne, the noun, which means a person, has a plural, and is always feminine, whether applied to males or females. Neither the noun nor pronoun is ever applied to things. 130 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. God wishes not the destruction of any or any one. Dieu vouloir ne reprobation Pride becomes not-any one. ~\-jierte convenir ne a No-one will-be sufficiently bold. etre assez hardi I have seen no one (so vain) as he. Je ne voir (de si vain) que lui Do no wrong to any one, or Do wrong to no one. faire tort ne He is too bold to fear any one. trop hardi craindre No one is so unhappy as she. n'etre si malheureux que elle CLXXVII. Exercise on Rien and Ne rien. Rien means any thing, when alone ; but it is usually accompanied by ne, and then it means nothing. It is only applied to things, is always masculine, and has no plural ; thus, without ne, Y a-t-il rien de plus admirable que Vaimant ? " Is there any thing more wonderful than the magnet ?" and with ne, Rien ne doit empccher le Chretien d'etre bon, " Nothing should prevent the Christian's being good." Ne must be placed directly before the principal verb, as in the case of Personne. The Jews could accuse Jesus Christ of nothing. Juif ne pouvoir accuser Jesus- Christ de They cannot apply-themselves to any thing solid, or They can apply-themselves to nothing solid. On pouvoir s'ajjpliquer de solide.* He says nothing, but he thinks much. dire mats pcnscr bcaucoup. * When rien is followed by an adjective in this way, the French place dr before the adjective. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 131 He has nothing-great but birth. avoir * grand que + naissance He does nothing worthy of his reputation. faire qui soit digne reputation I can not give you any thing. ne saurais dormer That is of no use ; that is, That serves not for any thing. Cela ne servir a This is good for nothing. Ceci ne bon a CLXXVIII. Exercise on L'un l' autre (each other, one another). This pronoun is of both genders and of both numbers, and is varied thus, Masculine. Singular. Plural. JJun V autre ; Les uns les autres. Feminine. Singular. Plural. L'une V autre ; Les unes les autres. This pronoun, it will be seen, is a compound of which the parts may be used together or separately ; thus, Le feu et Veau se detruisent Tun V autre, " Fire and water destroy each other." Les uns combattent pour la gloire et les autres pour la patrie, " Some fight for glory, and some (or others) for their country." But when separated, Fun V autre is not a single pronoun, and the meaning is changed, as in the example last given. Uun, Vune, les uns, les unes, are also used for the Eng- lish word former or first-mentioned, and V autre or les au- tres for the latter or last-mentioned; thus, Charles XII eprouva la prosperity et Vadversite, sans avoir etc amolli par Tun ni ebranle par V autre, Charles Xll. expe- * When rien is followed by an adjective in this way, the French place de before the adjective. 132 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. rienced prosperity and adversity without being enervated by the one (the former) or shaken by the other (the latter). Brothers and sisters often hate each other. -j- frere et sceur souvent se hair (pi.) All his plans seem to destroy each other. tout j)rojet sembler — se detruire (pi.) But this pronoun is generally used with a preposition, which is placed only between Fun and F autre. Thus, lis medisent Fun de Fautre, " They speak ill of each other." [other ? Is it edifying to see Christians let-loose against each Est-il edifiant de voir -f- Chretien dechaine cantre Two authors do not speak well of each other. auteur ne pas dire du bien de The wars which princes make upon each other. guerre que -f- princes se faire aux They make enemies of each other. se faire -f- ennemi de They make faces at each other. se faire -f- grimace a Multiply two numbers by each other. Multiplier nombre par The columns were close against each other. colonne serre contre (pi.) CLXXIX. Exercise on L'un et l' autre, separated. Some wish death to the accused and some to the accuser. vouloir -f- inort accuse accusateur Both had a superior genius, bat the former had more (of) 7Ws dcuv supcricur genii, mats plus de grandeur, and the latter more (of) mildness. grafideur ct plus de douceur INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 133 One is my wife and the other (is) her sister, (fern.) femme sozur Some are born rieh and others poor. ne riche pauvre Some love one thing and some another. aimer chose (fern.) The former were wise and the latter were foolish. (fern.) sage indiscret CLXXX. Exercise on L'un et l' autre (both). This pronoun is sometimes used as an adjective, but it was thought best to place it where its use could be con- trasted with that of tun V autre. Uun et V autre has its feminine, Tune et V autre, and its plurals, les uns et les autres, masc, les unes et les autres, fern. Thus, Uun et V autre out raison," Both are right." This pronoun is applied to both persons and things. Uun •et V autre requires the verb to be plural ; at least, this is the preferable way. Both relate the same circumstances. rapport er meme circonstance They both united against the common enemy, (pi.) se reunir contre ennemi Both died at the end of the year. mourir (pret.) Jin annee He went thither to satisfy them both. oiler y pour satisfaire les (sing.) Destiny deceives us both. -|- destin tromper nous Uun et Vautre, when used as an adjective, having a noun expressed, has the feminine, Tune et V autre, but no plural ; thus the French say, Uun et V autre consul suivi- rent son etendard, " Both consuls followed his standard ; " in which sentence, the pupil will perceive that the noun is singular, and the verb plural, which is the preferable way, 12 134 FRENCH ACCII>ENCE^ although some French writers have made the verb singuv lar also. Both camps have separated. camp se etre separer Both horses were killed. ckeval etre tuer Both climates are fatal to his health. climat fatals sante I shalHose in both armies. perdre dans armee (sing.) When a preposition is used with Tun et I 'mitre, it must be repeated before Tun and T autre ; thus, J'ai satisfait a Tune et a T autre objection, " I have replied to both objec- tions." Who makes-use alike of both hands ? se servir egalement de main He received money from both. recevoir-\- argent de Endeavor to please (to) both* tacher de plaire a Peaches are preferable to both, -f- peche preferable a CLXXXI. L'u>r ou 1/ autre (either). Ni lVn ni i/ autre (neither)* These pronouns are varied by gender and number like Tun ct Tautrc, but the verb after them must be singular; at least, this is the preferable mode. The preposition must be repeated as in the last lesson. I will give it to either. donner a Either is preferable to nothing. preferable a rien He was prepared for either. preparer pour INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 135 Nz Tun ni V autre requires that the verb used with it should be preceded by the word ne ; thus, Je ne le dirai m a Vun ni a V autre, " I will tell it to neither." Neither has answered (to) my letters, n 5 avoir repondre a lettre I expected both, but neither came. attendre mats ne venir Neither is right. ri* avoir raison Neither is my father. lietre pere. Neither manner is elegant. maniere n'etre elegant. The Second Sort of Indefinite Pronouns, or those always used as adjectives, having the noun they qualify usually expressed. CLXXXII. Exercise on Quel (what). Quel masculine has in the plural Quels, and in the feminine Quelle, singular, and Quelles, plural. It is ap- plied to persons and things, agreeing with its noun in gender and number. What power leaves crime in peace? puissance laisser -}- crime en paix What fire, what sprightliness, what images in Moliere ! feu vivacite image dans Which is he ? Which are they ? Which is she ? etre il Us etre elle What a crowd of evils love brings in its train ! — foule de mal -f- amour mener a suite What a pleasure to see and hear you ! — plaisir de voir entendre 136 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. I know not what books to offer you. savoir ne-pas livre — offrir To what town do-you-give the preference ? donner preference Of what ladies were-you-speaking? de dame parler CLXXXIIL Exercise on Quelojje (some). Quelque, with its plural Quelques, is of both genders, and is applied to persons and things. Some author has advanced that the soul is not immortal. auteur avancer que dme ne-pas immortel It is the sentiment of some philosophers. (Jest sentiment de philosophe The great are exposed to some disgraces. grand (pi.) exposer a disgrace Some secret passion brought-forth the crime. secret* passion enfanter crime Some good books are very badly bound. bon livre trcs mal relier The secret was revealed by some person. secret reveler par personne I have some good news to tell you. avoir bon nouvelles a dire CLXXXIV. Exercise on Chaque (each, every). Chaque is of both genders, but always in the singular number. Each science has its principles. science + principe * It is to be hoped that the pupil attends to the rules for placing the adjective, which have heretofbiv been given. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 137 They took at Rome* the vote of every citizen. prendre suffrage de citoyen A ration was given to each soldier. ration donner a soldat Every woman should educate her children. femme devoir elever enfant Every newspaper is full of useful knowledge. gazette pleindes utile connoissances I see every boy and (every) girl (that is) in the room. voir gargon file dans chambre The indefinite pronoun quelconque (whatever) is but little used, except in lav). Its plural, quelconques, is sometimes seen ; it may be applied to persons as well as things, and it is always placed after its noun ; as, Non- obstant opposition ou appellation quelconque, " Notwith- standing any opposition or appeal whatever." Deux points quelconques etant donnes, " Any two points being given." The Third Sort of Indefinite Pronouns includes those which are sometimes used like pronouns without Nouns, and sometimes like Adjectives. CLXXXV. Exercises upon Nul, Aucun, and Pas un (no one, no). Nul is used in a more general manner than aucun or pas un, and is a stronger negative than either of them. As a pronoun, it is only used in the masculine singular, and nominative case. The verb which follows nul must always be preceded by the negative, ne ; thus, Nul de nous de sang froid rf envisage la mort, " No one of us faces death coolly." In the four following sentences, nul is a pronoun. * When the French is not given for a proper name, it is the same in both languages. 12* 138 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. No one is contented with bis fortune. n'etre content cle fortune No one wishes to keep himself in his sphere* nevouloir setenir dans sphere No one can flatter himself with being perfect, nepouvoir se flatter de (infin.) parj ait No one of you can complain of my conduct. ne pouvoir se plaindre conduit e Nul, when an adjective, has nulle in the feminine, but it is rarely used in the plural, except in a few law terms, and then it is placed after its noun ; thus, Ces procedures sont nulles, " These proceedings are null." In the following sentences, nul is used as an adjective, meaning no : — There is no taste in his works. 11 vHya goid dans ouvrage There is no delicacy in her manners. H n't/a delicatesse dans nueurs No man is exempt from sin. homme n'etre exempt dupeche Man finds no where his happiness on earth. + homme ne trouver part bonheur sur -f- terre CLXXXVI. Aucun, when used without a noun, generally has refer- ence to some person or thing before mentioned. It may be an agent or an object, and takes aucune for the feminine. It also generally requires ne before the verb on which it depends, or of which it is the nominative ; but it is sometimes used without the ne,* and then means any one. It is no longer used in the plural. Of all the judges, no one is opposed to me. tout juge ne m'ctre contrairc I know all the ladies, but I am not attached to any one. connaltre tout femme, mais ne attacher a * When nc is used with nul, aucun, pas un, or personne, the pas or voint which usually accompanies it is never expressed. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 139 I have not taken any of the books. n' avoir prendre livre Of all the young-ladies no one pleases me. de tout demoiselle ne plaire In the following sentences aucun is used as an adjective, and means no or not any. Who has said that innocence has no need of any aid? dire -f- innocence vl avoir besoin secours A prejudiced mind yields to no reason. prevenu esprit ne se rendre raison In interrogative or doubtful phrases, aucun is sometimes used without ne, or any other negative, and then means any one. Is there any-one who has blamed him ? ( Y en a-t-il) ait blamer CLXXXVII. Pas un, when a pronoun or an adjective, has no plural, but it takes pas une in the feminine. It is usually accom- panied by ne. All are drowned, not-one was saved. tout noyer n'etre sauver Of all the children not-one could read. tout enfant ne pouvoir lire Pas un may be used without we. Who will-mourn the fate of Logan ? not one. pleurer sort de How many women were guilty ? not one. combien de femme coupable Pas un is used as an adjective in the following sentences, and means no, or not a, or not one. He answered not a word to Pilate. ne repondre mot a No knowledge is more useful than that of one's self. connaissance vHetre plus utile celle de 140 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. CLXXXVIII. Exercise on Autre (other). Autre, when a proper pronoun, is applied to persons or things, has the plural autres, and may have the definite article before it to determine its gender. It is used as a pronoun in the following sentences : — We may be happy in this life and in the other. On pouvoir heureux en vie et en An other would not have pardoned you so easily as I. Un ne-pas avoir par donner aussi aisement que They rebuilt an other of them by (the) order of Cyrus. On rebdtir en par ordre de These are mine > the others are yours. Ceux-ci to me ) to you. Examples of Autre used as an Adjective. The ancients did not believe that there was an other world. anciens croire quHl y eut monde One box is good, but the other is bad. boxte bon, mais mauvais The other man is the most honorable. homme honorable An other woman was witness to the quarrel. femme temoin de querelle CLXXXIX. Exercise on Meme (self or same). Meme is so rarely used without a noun, that only one example is necessary to show its use ; thus, in speaking of some business, a man may say, Je travaille toujours a la meme, " I am always working just so." Meme, used as an adjective, means same, similar, very, self, he, and has the plural mimes, but though used with both genders, it is not varied by gender. It is applied to things as well as persons, and its use, when affixed to the personal pronouns moi, toi, he, has already been noticed on page S c 2, and also in Lesson CXXXVIII. INDEFINITE PBONOUNS. 141 Your rights and mine are the same. droit les miens les Peter and Cephas (it) is the same apostle. Pierre Cephas c'est apotre The Romans conquered the Greeks by the Greeks Romain vaincre Grec par Grec themselves. — mimes I do not say of our allies, I say of our very enemies. dire allie, dire ennemi These very walls may have eyes. mur pouvoir avoir -j- ceil The rocks even are sensible to pleasing sounds. mimes agreable son The same virtues conquered and preserved the empire. vertu conquerir conserver empire The ashes of the shepherd and (of) the king are similar. cendre (pi.) berger roi les mimes cxc. Exercise on Tel (such). Tel, when a proper pronoun, without a noun, is thus used, Tel seme qui souvent ne recueille pas, " Some sow who never reap." Avez-vous vu un tell or une telle 1 " Have you seen such-a-one I " As a pronoun, it is ap- plied only to persons, and has no plural. But tel is usually an adjective, and then has telle for the feminine, and tels and telles for the plural. 11 n^y a de tels animaux, " There are no such animals." A man, such as you, ought to be modest. homme tel que devoir modeste The blindness of idolaters is such that, fcc. aveuglement idolatre que These women are not such as you had told me (it). femme ne-pas que dire le 142 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Can we aspire to such a* happiness. pouvoir aspirer a bonheur As he has been, so he will be always. tel tel toujours -f- Such customs are unknown in America. coutume inconnu en Amerique Mr. such-a-one* sold it to my father. Monsieur un vendre pere He is all the time at Mrs. such-a-one's. tout temps chez Madame une Such was the state of his affairs. etat affaire His memory is such that he forgets nothing. mempire que oublier ne-rien CXC1. Exercise on Plusieurs (several, many). This pronoun is always plural, and is applied to persons and things of either gender. Examples of its Use as a Pronoun. Several have thought the world eternal. avoir croire monde eternel Religion has been a subject of scandal to many. -j- religion sujet scandale a Many think that the world is made for them. croire que monde faire Several have told me that he did it. dire que faire Examples of the Use of Plusieurs when an Adjective. Many authors have outlived their works. ant cur survivre ouvrasre He repeated several times his lesson. rcpctcr fois legon * Such a nnd surh-a-onc are rendered in French by un tel or une telle. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 143 Several princes were leagued against Napoleon. prince liguer contre Napoleon We do not succeed in applying ourselves to several sciences On reussir s'appliquer a science at once, a lafois. CXCII. Exercise on Tout (all, every). When tout is a proper pronoun, and used without a noun, it is always singular, and always masculine ; thus, Tout est consomme, " All is consummated." Les Pyrrho- niens doutoient de tout, " The Pyrrhonians doubted every thing;." '3' A true Christian should be ready for every-thing. veritable Chretien devoir etre pret a The whole is greater than its part. tout grand que partie Every-one complains, e very-one murmurs, against fortune. seplaindre murmur er contre -{-fortune Every-thing falls, every-thing perishes, around us. tomber perir autourde Examples of Tout, used as an Adjective. When used as an adjective, tout has toute, feminine, and the plurals, tous (masc.) and toutes (fern.). The whole man > does not die. All the man ) mourir Every mortal is burdened with his own grief. mortel charge de propre douleur Every citizen ought to serve his country. citoyen devoir (pres.) — servir pays 144 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. All novelties are dangerous. -f- nouveaute # danger eux All nations who live wretchedly are ugly. -\-peuples* vivre mis emblement laid CXCIII. Tout, when an adjective, is placed before adjective pronouns; as, Tout son pouvoir, " All his power;" — it is placed after the personal pronouns, nous, vous, and eux; as, Nous tons, " We all ; " it is placed before the demonstra- tives, ce, celui, he. ; as, Tous ceux, "All those ;" — finally, it is separated from the conjunctives, le and les, and follows their verb, or comes between it and the auxiliary, when there is one ; thus, Je les trouve tons bons, " 1 think them all good ; " Je les ai tous eprouves, " I have tried them all." He has dissipated all his property. er bien She has employed all her industry. employer Industrie To employ all his capacity for his friend is his duty. — employer capacite ami devoir They have written to you all. ecrire a We all have our enemies. avoir ennemi It is to them all that I speak. Ccsta que parler All that which I have said is true. que dire vrai * When tout precedes its noun, the definite article is placed between thnn ; thus, Toutcs les nonccuutis. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 145 All those who die are soon forgotten, (pi.) quimourir bientot oublier I have seen them all, and I send them all back. vus et renvoyer — I found them all, and have punished them all. trouver punis CXCIV, When tout precedes an adjective, and means quite or all, it is not varied, whatever be the gender or number of the adjective, unless the adjective be feminine, and begin with a consonant or h aspirated ; thus, lis furent t-oui etonnes, " They were quite astonished." Those children are quite full of wit. enfant plein esprit All infallible as they are, they often err. infaillible souvent se tromper Our vessels are quite ready, and the wind calls us. vaisseau pret vent appeller Quite small as we are, we think ourselves elephants. petit que etre croire nous elephant They are all ) white without, and quite black within, (quite) J blanc au dehors noir au dedans Men, all ungrateful as they are towards God. -}- homme ingrat envers Dieu All ungrateful as she is, she interests us. ingrat que interesser The lady was quite attentive, and quite moved. dame attentif emu (part.) cxcv. Tout, meaning quite or all, before a feminine adjective beginning with a consonant or aspirated h, is varied by 13 146 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. gender and number: thus, L'csperance toute trompeusc qu'clle est, " Hope, all deceptive as she is." The young-ladies were punished, all reasonable as they were. demoiselle punir raisonnable que etre She is a woman quite full of benevolence. Oest femme plein bienveillance Greece, all polished and all wise as she was. -\-Grece poli sage etre That young person is quite ashamed. jeunepersonne honteux (fern.) Surely, you are telling me quite a new thing. Certes dire (a thing quite new) Tout is not varied when it precedes aussi, has, douce- merit, or a present participle or noun governed by en (in). These flowers are quite as fresh as yesterday. jleur aussi frais qu'hier The river runs quite gently. riviere couler douccment She told him that all a laughing. dire cela en riant She went-out all a scolding. sortir en grondant Their looks were all on fire. regard en feu Mary is near her, all in tears. Marie aupres d' enpleurs That woman is all eyes and all ears. femme mil oreille INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 147 Fourth Sort of Indefinite Pronouns, viz. such as are followed by que, and have a peculiar Meaning on this Account. CXCVL Exercise on Quel — que (masc, whoever or whatever). This pronoun has Quelle — que, fern,, and Quels — que, Quell es — que, plural. It is always in the nomina- tive case ; thus, Les criminels doivent etre punis, quels qu'ils puissent etre; " Criminals should be punished, who- ever they may be." Be careful to separate the quel from the que, to distinguish this pronoun from quelque, which means some. Whatever (may* be) the happiness of the great, (subj. pres.) bonheur grand Whatever (may -be) the offers of an enemy. etre °ff re ennemi Whatever (may-be) your intention. etre intention Whatever (may-be) your designs. etre dessein Whatever (may-be) your views. etre vue Mortals, whoever they may-be, are equal before the law. -}- mortel etre egal devant hi Whatever men are,f we must live with them. -\- humains ilfaut vivre avec Whatever his thoughts are,f he conceals them. pensee cacher * May, before be, and also before other infinitives, is often expressed by the verb jtouvoir ; but it is not necessary in this and the following sentences. t Quel — que requires the verb to be in the subjunctive mode, whether so expressed in English or not, and it should immediately follow whatever; thus, Whatever are men, &c. ; Whatever are his thoughts, 6lc. 148 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. CXCVII. Exercise on Quoi — que (whatever). This pronoun is only applied to things, and is always masculine and singular ; thus, Je ne crains rien, quoi qiCon fasse pour me perdre ; " I fear nothing, whatever they may do to ruin me." Be careful not to connect the quoi with the que, for quoique is a conjunction, and means although. Of whatever they accuse him, he will defend himself well. on accuser se defendre Men To whatever they destine you, you ought to be submissive. on destiner devoir soumis Whatever Aristotle and Pliny may-say of-it. Aristote Plint dire en We shall do our duty, whatever you may-be-able to say. faire devoir pouvoir (pret. sub},) dire Whatever you may-say, I will not go. dire aller CXCVIII. Exercises on Qui que ce soit, Qui que ce fut (who- ever, any one), and Quoi que ce soit, Quoi que ce fut (whatever, any thing). Qui que ce soit is applied only to persons, is always in the masculine singular, and means whoever when used without the negative ne, and no one, or nobody, when used with ne. Quoi que ce soit is applied only to tilings, is always masculine and singular, and means whatever when without the negative ne, and nothing when accompanied by ne. When used without a negative, qui que ce soit and quoi que ce soit are followed \v the relative pronoun qui or que, hut not so when they are used negatively. When followed by a verb, the verb must be in the subjunctive mode. J INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 149 Examples of the Use of Qui q,ue ce soit, fcc. Qui que ce soit qui me demande^ dites que je suis occupe. Whoever asks for me, say that I am busy. Quoi que ce soit qui vous ait retenu. Whatever may have detained you. Qui que ce soit ne m'a prevenu contre vous* Nobody has prejudiced me against you. Je ne me plains de quoi que ce soit. I complain of nothing whatever. Exercises upon these Pronouns. To whomever you apply (or address yourself). a s' addresser Do not trust (yourself) to any one. se confer — a I do not envy the fortune of any one. envier fortune de Of whatever people speak. Von parler He does not think of any thing. penser a We ought not to speak-ill of any one in his absence. On devoir mal parler de en absence One can not succeed in any thing without money. On pouvoir reussir a sans argent Those who are not engaged in any thing are wretched. Ceux occupe a miserable CXCIX. Exercise on Quelque — que. Quelque — que may be joined to a noun or an adjec- tive. Joined to a noun, it may have the plural termina- tion, quelques — que; and quelque precedes, and que 13* 150 FRENX'H ACCIDENCE, follows, the noun, both words meaning whatever; thus, Quelques errcurs que suive le monde, "Whatever errors the world may follow." The following verb must be in the subjunctive mode : — The people is always ungrateful, whatever good one does peuple tonjours ingrat bien on /aire (to) them, lui (sing.). However great possessions one may-have* grand bien Von avoir However great advantages fortune may-give, grand avantage fortune donner To however high deeds my destiny may-call me. haut fait dentin m'appeler Whatever false reports they may-have spread. faux bruit on semes However vain laurels war may-promise. vain laurier -f- guerre promettre CC. Followed by an adjective, Quelque — que is not varied by number or gender ; as, Quelque puissants quails soient, je ne les crains point ; " However powerful they may be, I do not fear them." However vain and (however) unreasonable they may-be. vain deraisonnable qu'ettes However elevated they are, they are what we are. eleve (may-be) ce que However corrupted are our manners. corrompu (may-be) moeurs However sincere men may-appear to be. ^homme paroitre However adroitly things may-be done. adroitcment -f- chose fait However powerful kings may-be. jiuissajit -\- roi TABLE OF PRONOUNS* 151 However dreadful his pains may-be. affreux douleur However learned those ladies may-be. savant dame Table of Pronouns whose Use has been illustrated in the preceding Exercises. Personal. Je, moi, nous ; Tu, toi, vous ; II, lui, ils, eux ; Elle, elles ; Sol Conjunctive. Me, moi, nous ; Te, toi, vous ; Le, la, lui, les, leur ; Se, en, y. Adjective. Mon, ma, mes ; Ton, ta, tes ; Son, sa, ses ; Notre, nos : Votre, vos ; Leur, leurs. Possessive. Le mien, les miens ; La mienne, les miennes ; Le tien, les tiens ; La tienne, les tiennes ; Le sien, les siens ; La sienne, les siennes ; Le notre, la notre, les notres ; Le votre, la votre, les votres ; Le leur, la leur, les leurs. Demonstrative. Ce, cet, cette, ces ; Celui, ceux ; Celle, celles. Relative. Qui, dont ; Que, quoi ; Lequel, lesquels ; Laquelle, lesqu elles ; Duquel, desquels ; De laquelle, desquelles ; Auxquel, auxquels ; A laquelle, aux- quelles. Indefinite. On ; Quiconque ; Quelqu'un, quelques uns ; Quelqu'une, quelques unes ; Chacun, chacune ; Au- trui ; Personne ; Rien ; L'un Fautre, Fun et Pautre, Fun ou l'autre, ni Fun ni Fautre ; Quel, quels, quelle, quelles ; Quelque, quelques; Chaque; Quel- conque ; Nul, nulle ; Aucun, aucune ; Pas un, pas une ; Autre, autres ; Meme, m ernes ; Tel, tels, telle, telles ; Plusieurs ; Tout, tous, toute, toutes ; Quel — que, quels — que, quelle — que, quelles — que ; Quoi — que ; Qui que ce soit ; Quoi que ce soit ; Quelque — que, quelques — que. 152 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. PARTICIPLES. The present participle of every French verb ends in ant ; and whatever noun or pronoun the participle may refer to, this termination is not changed. Thus, the French say, Un hommc lisant de bons livres^ A man reading good books. Une femme lisant de bons livrcs, A woman reading good books. Des homines lisant de bons livres, Men reading good books. Des femmes lisant de bons livres, Women reading good books. The only exceptions to this rule are the participles ap- prochant, dependant, tendant, usant, jouissant, repugnant, and a very few others. When present participles are used as adjectives, that is, do not express action, and have no object, but merely qualify some noun, as adjectives do, they are called adjec- tives, and should form no exception to the general rule ; thus, in Une maison charmante, " A charming house," the word charmante is made feminine, but it expresses no action, and can take no object after it. CCI. Exercise upon the Present Participle. I saw two boys playing at chess. voir gargonjouer aux echecs God, loving men, sent his beloved Son. Dieu aimer -f- homme envoyer Men aime Fits I have seen that mother caressing her child. voir mere caresser enfant This reflection embarrassing the men, they yielded. reflexion embarrasser homme se rendre I have seen them dying on-the field of honor. voir mourir au champ d'honneur We found her reading Virgil. trouver lire VirgiJc PARTICIPLES. 153 Fishermen appearing and disappearing risked their lives. + pecheur paroitre disparoitre hasardtr vie [(sing.) We represent her drawing her glory from a solid virtue. representer tirer gloire solide vertu Turning towards me her dying eye, she spoke. Tourner vers mourante paupiere, parler CCIL The present participle, when used as a noun, is gov- erned by the preposition en (in) ; thus, En rentrant chez moi,fai trouve mon frere. I have thought of you in praying to God. penser a prier — Dieu I met the king in going to London. rencontrer roi aider Londres On seeing the corpse I recognized my son. (In) voir cadavre reconnaitre fills In counting the money I lost two crowns. compter argent perdre ecu He fell in trying to lift an ox. tornber essayer de enlever bozufi He died in drinking the poison. mourir boire poison He governed his soldiers by accosting them familiarly. gouverner soldat en aborder familieremtnt CCIII. No better opportunity will occur of remarking that, in English, whenever the present participle is preceded by any other preposition than m, and in cannot be substituted, it must be expressed by the infinitive mode of French verbs; as, "When I am tired of writing, I read," Quand je suis fatigue d'ecrire,je lis. I found an opportunity of sending there. trouver occasion envoy er y I have hindered them from doing it. emptcher de faire 154 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. We have the happiness of knowing him. bonhcur connaitre He adopted, without blushing, the verses of Pope. adopter sans rougir vers de Far from accusing him with-the crime of plagiarism. Loin taxer du crime de plagiat Historians do not speak of the living without lying, -j- historien parler vivans sans mentir After having spoken he sat down. Apr is avoir parler s'asseoir He arrived there without having met any-body arriver y sans avoir rencontrer qui que whatever, ce soit CCIV. The Perfect Participle. It has been shown in Lessons CXX., CXXL, and CXXIL, that the perfect participle sometimes changes its termination, to suit the gender and number of the noun or pronoun it qualifies. After the verb etre, it is almost always variable, and, of course, it is so in the compound tenses of all reflective verbs where ctre alone is the aux- iliary. The only difficulty seems to be when this participle is used after the verb avoir ; for, in this situation, it is some- times varied and sometimes not ; as, Nous avons vu le roi, " We have seen the king ; " Nous les avons vus, " We have seen them." When, in the tenses of reflective verbs, etre, as has been shown, means have, the participle is not altered ; as, Lucrice s'est donne la mort, " Lucretia has given death to herself." Exercises in which the Perfect Participle must not be varied after Avoir. Great kings have always protected the sciences. + roi toujours protegcr science PARTICIPLES. 155 The troops would not have hindered the capture of the [city. troupes empecher prise ville Christians have carried their animosity too far. + Chretien porter animosite trop loin The first crusaders had not made the conquest. croise faire conquete The princesses have built a new palace. princesse bdtir nouveau palais The mother has sold her own children. mere vendre propre enfant We have sent-back the books to the shop. renvoyer livre boutique The boys have broken the bottles. garcon casser bouteille ccv. When avoir and the perfect participle are preceded by le, la, les, que, nous, vous, or any other pronoun which is governed by the participle in the accusative case, the par- ticiple must agree with such pronoun in gender and num- ber. Thus, in this sentence, Cette maison est a moi,je Tai achetee, " This house is mine, I have bought it," la, the conjunctive pronoun, comes before the verb ai and the participle achetee ; and, being feminine, because referring to maison, achetee is made feminine to agree with it. So, in Je vous rend vos livres,je les ai lus ; les, the accusative, coming before ai and lus, and being governed by them, or their object, the participle lus is in the masculine plural, to agree with les, which refers to livres. Examples of the Perfect Participle varied after Avoir. Have you seen* the letters that I have written ? voir lettre que ecrire See the furniture that I have given her. Voila meubles (pi.) que donner * This is not preceded by accusatives, as written, thought, &c. are. 156 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. God has distinguished us from other animals by speech. distinguer des animal par -\- parole I have done* two things that they have thought impossible. /aire chose que Von croire impossible I have granted* all the honors that you have asked. accorder honneur demander There are certain bounds which nature has set. ll-y-a -f- certain borne -f- nature donner Peter cherished the arts which he had transplanted. Pierre cherir art transplanter They despised the kings which they had made gods. On mepriser roi Von faire CCVI. Miscellaneous Examples of Variable and Invariable Participles after Avoir. I have received the letters that you had written on-the recevoir lettre ecrire au subject of the affair that I had proposed to you, and after sujet affaire proposer apres having read them with attention, I have acknowledged avoir lire avec attention reconnoitre that if I had undertaken it, I should have found que (conj.) si entreprendre trouver in-it obstacles which I had not foreseen. y -f- obstacle prevoir We have sent the goose, that we had killed, to the envoyer oie tuer kitchen, but we had not foreseen that the cook had cuisine prevoir cuisiniere purchased meat which she had dressed, expecting our acheter + viand e que preparer en attendant arrival, arrivee These are not preceded by accusatives, as written, thought, A:c. are. NEGATIVES AND VERBS. 157 The use of the negatives ne and pas in connection with the verb has already necessarily been alluded to, but the pupil will need a full example of one verb, conjugated negatively and interrogatively, in both the simple and compound tenses. Infinitive Mode, Pres. Ne pas pankr 3 Not used interrogatively. Not to speak. Indicative Mode. Pres. Je ne parle pas, Ne parlc-je pas. I do not speak. Do I not speak? Imp. Je ne parlais pas, . . , .Ne parlais-je pas, I was not speaking. Was I not speaking ? Pret. Je ne parJai pas, .... .Ne parlai-je pas, I did not speak. Did I not speak? Fut. Je ne parlerai pas, . . .Ne parlerai-je pas, I will not speak. Will 1 not speak ? Cond. Je ne parlerais pas, . . .Ne parlerais-je pas, I would not speak. Would I not speak ? Imperative Mode. Pres. Ne parle pas, Not used interrogatively. Do not speak. Subjunctive Mode. Pres. Que je ne parle pas, . .Not used interrogatively. That I may not speak. Pret. Queje neparlasse pas, .Not used interrogatively. That I might not speak. Participles. Pres. Ne parlant pas, Not used interrogatively. Not speaking. The Past Participle is only used negatively in the com- pound tenses. 14 158 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Compound Tenses. Infinitive Mode. This mode has no proper compound tenses. Indicative Mode. Comp. of) Je riai pas parte, JVai-je pas parte, Present. 5 I have not spoken. Have I not spoken ? Comp. of) Je n'avais pas parte, JVavais-jepas parte, Imp. ) I had not spoken. Had I not spoken ? Comp. of )*/e neus pas parte, JTeus-je pas parte, Preter. ) I had not spoken. Had I not spoken ? Comp. of) Je n'aurai pus parte, JTaurai-je pas parte, Future. ) I shall not have spoken. Shall I not have spoken? Comp. of ) Je rCaurais pas parte, JTaurais-je pas parte, Cond. 5 I should not have spoken. Should I not have spoken ? Imperative Mooe. This mode is not used in the compound tenses. Subjunctive Mode. n **C Q ve j e rC aie pas parte , Not used interrogatively. Present \ That l may n0t haVG * ( spoken. r^ cC Que je n r eusse pas parte, . . . .Not used interrogatively. Prefer \ ™ at l mi ^ ht " ot have £ spoken. Participles. Comp. of">JVaijant pas parte, Not used interrogatively. Present. ) Not having spoken. Comp. of) JV avoir pas parte, Not used interrogatively, Past. 3 Not to have spoken. CCVII. Exercises on the Simple Tenses negatively expressed. I had not written my letter. ecrire lettre I will not do it. /aire I was not going to Boston. alkr a I shall not see her. voir I can not go. pou voir aller NEGATIVES AND VERBS. 159 Perhaps the president will not come. peut-etre president venir Tell the hair-dresser not to come-up. dire au coiffeur monter I do not oppose it. s'opposery I have no need of-ic besom en I do not suffer much. souffrir beaucoup I shall not find them. trouver Do not take it away. oter — I will not submit. se soumettre CCVIII. Exercises on the Compound Tenses negatively expressed. That was not prohibited during the war. Cela defendre pendant guerre They have not hindered us from doing * it. empecher faire You have not put my books on the table. mettre livre sur table They have not chosen the best man, choisir meilleur homme The animal has not been described. animal decrire I am not younger than your brother. jeune frere I should not prefer some cider. preferer (art.) cidre The shoemaker has not sent my shoes. cordonnier envoyer Soulier CCIX. Exercise on the Simple Tenses, used negatively and interrogatively. Have I no money ? Have you no relations ? -[- argent + parent * Mind the present participle governed by another preposition than en! 160 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Did you read the history that I (had) lent you ? lire histoire prcter Why wiH you not translate your fable ? jpourquoi traduire fable Have you not seen the stockings that I (have) bought ? voir has acheter Will he not have the small-pox or the measles ? la petite verole rougeole Do you not hear the warbling of the birds ? entendre ramage oiseau Will you not trust it to your companion ? conjier compagnon Will he not spill the oil ? that is, The oil, will he not spill it ? huile repandre Unipersonal Verbs. Unipersonal verbs are such as are only used in one person, viz. the third person singular. These have usually been called impersonal verbs ; but, as this name implies that they have no person, the new name is pref- erable. In this third person, they are formed like other verbs. In fact, they are usually the third person of verbs which have the other persons also, but of which this third person seems to be used in an unusual sense ; thus, II pleut, " It rains," 11 plcuvait, " It was raining/' are said to be unipersonal, but they are regularly formed from the verb pleuvoir (to rain) ; thus, Indic. Pres. 11 pleut, It rains. Imp. II pleuvait, It was raining. Pret. llplut, It rained. Fut. II plcuvra. It will rain. Cond. 11 plcuvrait, It should rain. Subj. Pres. Qu'il plcuve, That it may rain. Pret, Qu'tf plut) That it might rain. rNIPERSONAL VERBS, 161 Compound Tenses. Indic. Pres. 11 a plu, It has rained* Imp. 11 avait plUj It had rained, Pret. 11 eut pliL, It had rained. Fut. II aura plu, It will have rained. Cond. II aurait plu, It would have rained, Subj. Pres. Qrfil ait plu, That it may rain. Pret, Qtfil eut plu, That it might rain. >5 So are conjugated or varied JX bruine, " It drizzles ; II gele, " It freezes ; " 11 grele, " It hails ; " II neige, " It snows ; " II tonne, " it thunders ; " 11 eclaire, " It light- ens." II fait is said to be unipersonal when it is used with an adjective or noun expressing the state of the weather; as, 11 fait chaud, "It is warm;" 11 fait froid, " It is cold ; " 11 fait beau, " It is fair; " 11 fait du vent, " It is windy," fee, ccx. Exercise on the Unipersonal Verb II fait, he. It is cold, yet it is not too cold. froid cependant trop I think that it is not warm out-of-doors. croire chaud dehors It was very fair yesterday, but it will freeze to-night. tres hier mais geler ce soir I hope it will not be so cold to-morrow, esperer si demain It will rain to-day, and it will snow to-morrow. pleuvoir aujouroVhui, neiger demain It hailed this morning, but it is pleasant now. greler matin beau a present If it is cold to-morrow, I shall not go-out. (fut.) froid demain sortir It was-raining when the coach arrived. pleuvoir quand carrosse arriver 14* 162 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. The uni personal verb II faut (It is requisite or neces- sary) is varied as follows : — Indic Pres. 11 faut, It is necessary, or I must, thou must, &c. Imp. 11 falloit, It was necessary. Pret. // fallut, It was necessary, Fut. 11 faudra, It will be necessary. Cond. 11 faudraity It would be necessary. Subj. Pres. Qu'il faille, That it may be necessary, Pret. Qu y il fallut, That it might be necessary. Compound Tenses. Indic Pres. 11 a fallu, It has been necessary. Imp. 11 avait fallu, It had been necessary. Pret. 11 eut fallu, It had been necessary. Fut. 11 aura fallu, It will have been necessary. Cond. 11 aurait fallu, It would have been neces- sary. Subj. Pres. QuHl ait fallu, That it may have been necessary. Pret. Qu'il eut fallu > That it might have been necessary. This is the ordinary manner in which this verb is ren- dered into English ; but if the pupil only uses the verb falloir when he meets with the English expression it is necessary, it ivas necessary, &c, he will seldom use it when he ought. The expressions we must, and there is need, must also be rendered by it faut; thus, " We must have money," 11 faut que nous ay oris de F argent ; " There is need of patience," II faut de la patience. The pro- noun that follows il faut determines whether it is I must, ihcm must, he must. 8cc. ; thus, II faut que nous ayons 7 " We must have ; " // faut que vous ayez, " Ye must have;" II faut quils aient, "'They must have." These sentences may also be rendered "It is necessary for me to have ; " " It is necessary for them to have," &c, in which case for must always be rendered by que. UNIPERSONAL VERBS. 163 If a verb follows falloir, it must be put in the subjunc- tive mode, in the present tense, if falloir is present or future ; and in the preterite tense, if falloir be in the im- perfect, preterite, or conditional tense. The French also say, 11 me faut de F argent, "I need money ; " 11 lui faut de P argent, " He needs money;" 11 nous faut de V argent, "We need money/' &c; the con- junctive pronouns me, te, lui, nous, vous, and leur, deter- mining who it is that wants or needs. CCXI. Il faut followed by a Subjunctive Mode. You must return to-morrow; that is y It is necessary that you return to-morrow. falloir (pres.) revenir demain I must show you my new hat ; that is, It is necessary that I show you my new hat. falloir (pres.) montrer I shall be obliged to sell my coat ; that is, It will be necessary that I sell my coat. falloir (fut.) vendre habit They would have been obliged to separate ; that is, It would have been necessary that they separate. falloir (cond.) se separer (subj. pret.) They must not leave their country ; that is, It is necessary that they leave not their country. falloir (pres.) quitter P a y s There is need of my writing to him ; that is, It is necessary that I write to him. falloir (pres.) ecrire There was need of his speaking to them ; that is. It was necessary that he should speak to them. falloir (imperf.) parler (subj. pret.) CCXII. Il faut with a Conjunctive Pronoun. I must have some pens and (some) ink. II me faut des plume encre 164 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Thou must have a pair of mittens. falloir paire de mitaine He must have a new hat and gloves.* falloir nouveau chapeau + S ant She must have some blue ribands. falloir des bleu rub an We must have some other guides. falloir de guide Ye must have some good paper. falloir (prep.) papier They must have all (that which) they desire. falloir ce que desirer You and I must have some stockings ; that is, You and I, we must have some stockings. falloir (art.) bas The most irregular and perhaps the most used of all the unipersonal verbs is 11 y avoir, which is varied like the auxiliary verb avoir, with the addition of the personal pronoun il, and the conjunctive y, which give to the verb a peculiar meaning. Infinitive Mode, Y avoir (There be).f Pres. II y a, There is. Imp. 11 y avait, There was. Pret. 11 y eut, There was. Fut. 11 y aura, There will be. Cond. 11 y aurait, There would be. Pres. Qu'il y ait, That there may be. Pret. QuHl y eut, That there might be Indic SUBJ. Compound Tenses, Infinitive Mode, Y avoir eu (There have been).f Indic Pres. II y a eu, There has been. Imp. 1/ y avait eu, There had been. * Bee Lessona LXII. and LXIII. 1 Tims, // dbii y avoir } " There must be ; M // doit y avoir cu f " There must have been." UNIFERSONAL VERBS. 165 Pret. II y eut eu, There had been. Fut. 11 y aura eu, There will have been. Cond. 11 y aurait eu, There would have been. Subj. Pres. Qu'ily ait eu, That there may have been. Pret. Qu'il y exit eu, That there might have been. When this verb is followed by a plural noun, it must be rendered by there are, there were, &c. ; as, II y a trois dames, qui vous attendent, " There are three ladies wait- ing for you." The pupil must notice this form of speak- ing, which is considered elegant in French, although it is generally more elegant in English to avoid the words there are, and say, " Three ladies are waiting for you." CCXIII. Exercise upon II y a. There are men who become the victims of anger. + homrne devenir victime -J- colere There would be more (of) happiness if men were wiser. plus de bonheur si -{- homme sage There will be a tempest or a storm. tempete or age There must be duels whilst + men are wicked. doit -f- duel pendant que mechant There would have been a sad catastrophe. eu fdcheux catastrophe There were more (of) men than (of) women. plus de que de femme There is much of truth in what ) he says. beaucoup de verite that which 5 dire There have been many (of) wicked kings. eu bien des mechant roi CCX1V. Exercise on II y a, used interrogatively. The conjunctive y keeps its place before the verb, but il follows the verb, being united to it by a hyphen ; thus. 166 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. " Is there ? " Y a-t-il 1 " Was there ? " Y avoit-il 7 " Will there not be ?" N y y aura-t-il pas ? Were there a-great-many (of) people when you arrived ? beaucoup de monde lorsque arriver (imp). Is there any news? (art.) nouvelle (pi.) Was there a-great-deal of confusion ? beaucoup de confusion Is it true that there has been a duel ? Est-il vrai eu duel Will there be a good harvest this year ? recolte annee Will there have been a good supper ? eu soupe Would there have been any inconvenience ? eu (art.) inconvenient Were there not handsome fireworks ? (sing.) ne-pas un beau feu d* artifice ccxv. In sentences expressing time, measure, or distance, il y a is usually translated it is, it was, it will be, &c, according to the tense. If the time mentioned \s past, the French expression is very peculiar. Thus the sen- tences, " He has been dead for thirty years," " He has been dead these thirty years," " He died thirty years ago" " It is thirty years since he died," must be rendered in the same manner by 11 y a trente ans qu'il est mort, that is, "It is thirty years that he is dead." In all such sentences, therefore, let the pupil first write the uni- personal verb il y a, then the noun of time, then the conjunction que, then the nominative of the second verb, and then the verb in the present tense. He has been > dead ten years. It is < mort an UN1PERS0NAL VERBS. 167 He has lived in London these twenty years. (It is twenty years that he lives at London.) an demeurer a He has done the same thing for twenty years. (It is twenty years that he does the same thing.) faire meme chose He has been travelling these six years. (It is six years that he is-travelling.) an voyager I have been learning French for these five years. (It is five years that I learn French.) an apprendre Francois She has been sick these forty years. (It is forty years that she is sick.) an etre malade. In all the above examples, it may be observed that dead, living, doing, travelling, learning, being sick, seem a continued action or condition ; and perhaps the above rule applies only to such cases, — for when the action is not thus continued, the expression is different ; thus, " He travelled six years ago," is rendered by 11 y a six ans qu'il a voyage, that is, since he has travelled. CCXVI. 11 y a is often used when a sentence begins with some ; thus, " Some friends are false," 11 y a de faux amis, which, rendered literally, is, " There are some false friends." Some pains are salutary. ) There are (some) salutary pains. ) salutaire douleur Some Christians are unworthy of the name. There are (some) Christians who are unworthyof the name, (art.) Chretien qui indigne (that) nom Questions relating to time and distance are asked by combien; thus, Combien y a-t-il oVicia Salem? " How far is it from here to Salem ?" 163 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. How lonii; is it since he died ? Co mine n que est mort He died a year ago, that is, It is a year since he is dead. an mort How far is it from Boston to London ? Combien de a Londres One thousand leagues, (without the unipersonal verb, or, with it, thus :} It is one thousand leagues. lieue Irregular Verbs. Irregular verbs are such as do not conform in every respect to the models of the four conjugations, Avoir, Punir, Recevoir, and Vendre. The number of such verbs is about 230 ; and, for the convenience of the pupil, a more complete list of them is given in the Appendix, than is contained in any other French grammar. Exercises upon all the irregular verbs wHI be unneces- sary, since they are generally used like regular verbs ; but a few of them have peculiarities which should be noticed. CCXVII. Should, Ought to, Must, Must needs, and Am to, are often expressed by the present tense of the verb Devoir ; thus, Jc dois allcr, I should go. Vous devez Je secourir, You ought to help him. Nous devons allcr, We are to go. 11 doit avoir froid sans habits. He must needs be cold without clothes. When to have follows should or ought, the French sentence should he as if the English were should have ought* Thus, " / should or ought to have gone thither," Saurais du y alb v. IRREGULAR VERBS. 169 He is to come with his eldest brother. devoir venir avec aine frere She is to set-out to-morrow. devoir partir demain I am to speak upon that business. devoir parler sur affaire He must be poor, for he is indolent. devoir pauvre parceque paresseux We are to dine with the governor. devoir diner gouverneur A good workman must be more employed than an other ouvrier devoir employe All (the) men must die. homme devoir mourir We should have obeyed the laws of the country. avoir devoir obeir aux hi pays They ought to have been sent-away. devoir avoir etre renvoye (pi.) CCXVill. Pouvoir has peux as well as puis in the first person singular of the present indicative, but the former is seldom used. It never takes etre in its compound tenses. The conditional of the verb savoir is often used for the present of pouvoir; thus, Je ne saurois dire la moindre chose, u I can not say the least thing."* After saurois, thus used, the subjunctive mode must be used : but saurois is never used for puis without a negative. Saurois can aever be used for pourrois ; it means can, and not should- ic-able. Pouvoir, besides meaning can or to be able, is often rendered by may, might, or could. "I may have been deceived/' is rendered by Je jinis avoir ete trompe, and not by Tate ete trompe. * In this respect the two languages coincide; for the English verb can has the same origin, and bflrn the same meaning, as the nearly obsolete verb ken. to know. 15 170 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. " I might have been deceived," or " I could have been deceived/' is rendered by J'aurois pu itre trompL J may sell my horse, but 1 shall-keep my cow. pouvoir vendre cheval tenir vache They may be poor, but they are not wicked. pouvoir pauvre mechant May you be happy, may they be wiser. pouvoir (subj.) heureux, pouvoir (subj.) sage We could not help the sailors. pouvoir ne-pas secourir matelot We could have sent it to you. pouvoir avoir envoy er (infin.) Ye might have done it yourselves. pouvoir avoir faire (infin.) The captain might have seen the rock, capitaine voir (infin.) rocher The judge might have known him better. juge connoltre mieux CCXIX. The verb vouloir means to will, and the future tense of all French verbs also includes our word ivill. Some- times it is unimportant whether we use vouloir and the infinitive of some other verb (as, Jc veu.v h faire, " I will do it"), or the future tense, Je le ferai ; but, generally, when will, in the English sentence, means to be willing, or expresses a fixed determination, order, command, or \( tv earnest desire, vouloir is to be preferred. When will ov would is used with the word have* or that after it, have is not expressed, and the following verb is put in the subjunctive mode ; thus, " 1 will have you do it," or "I will that you do it," Je vtux que vous le fassiez. " When will means to wish, and is followed by hare, the French omit the word /mrr altogether J thus, VouUz-wms de la viande? 11 Will you hare some meat IRREGULAR VERBS. 171 1 will ) die, if my death will-save you. am willing £ mourir mort sauver [them. They would ) learn if you would ) teach would be willing $ apprendre would be willing 5 enseigner She will go there in-spite-of my remonstrances. vouloir y malgre remontrance She would stay here in-spite-of her father. vouloir (imperf.) r ester malgre pere He will have her do it ; that is, He wills that she do it. vouloir faire (sub. pres.) You would have us do it ; that is, You would that we do it. vouloir (imperf.) faire (sub. pret.) You would have had us do it ; that is. You would that we should-have done it. vouloir (imperf.) avoir (sub. pret.) faire I will that my orders be instantly obeyed. vouloir ordre (sub. pres.) aussitot obeir ccxx. Will and shall are often omitted in English after the word when, if denoting a future action, but the verb must be made future in French ; as, " When we have done it ; " that is, " When we shall have done it," Quand nous Vau- rons fait. When we have ) seen the king, we will-retire. shall have $ voir roi se retirer When he comes, ) we will-show-it to him. shall come, $ montrer When the sky falls, ) we shall-catch larks. ciel shall fall, $ attraper -f~ alouette But even if shall be expressed after the word if in English, the verb must be put in the present tense ; thus, " If he shall come," or "If he come," S'il vient. 172 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. The English are accustomed to use the auxiliaries shall and will, should and would, without the principal verb whose future tense they are said to form ; thus, in answer to the question, Will you do that? they say, I will. The French never do this, but always finish the answer thus, Vo id 'ez-uous fair e celal Je leferai; that is, I will do it Will you learn that lesson to-day ? I will. Vouloir apprendre legon aujourd'hui (I will learn it.) Shall-you-read his book? Yes, I shall. Vous proposez-vous de lire livre Oui lire (fut.) Shall you go to (the) church ? Yes, I shall. Vous proposez-vous dialler eglise oiler (fut.) Would you have done it ? No, I would not. avoir /aire Non faire (condit.) CCXXI. So, when the verb or participle is omitted after any other auxiliary, the French always express what is omitted in English. Have you written your address ? Yes, I have. Avoir ecrire discours avoir ecrire Did you send the letter ? Yes, I did. envoy er lettre envoy er (pret.) Was he expecting us yesterday ? Yes, he was. attcndre hier attcndre (imperf.) Does he like his house ? ) Yes, he does. His house, likes he it ? £ aimer (pres.) Is he punishing them ? Yes, he is. punir punir (pres.) Another common mode of expression in English, though incorrect, should be noticed for the benefit of the young pupil ; viz. the ending of a sentence with the word to, and the omission of the infinitive mode after it ; thus, Have you seen the paintings? No, but I intend to; that is 3 ; - I intend to see them." The French never omit in ADVERBS. 173 this manner, and in the following sentences the pupil must supply what is thus incorrectly omitted. I have not answered her letter, but I intend to (do it). repondre a lettrc vzais se proposer We have not received it, but we hope to soon. recevoir esperer bientot Have you dined ? No, but we expect (to) immediately. diner attendre (it) tout-a-Vheure. Have they set-out ? No, but they are to, to-morrow. etre partir devoir demain ADVERBS. Adverbs are words which qualify the expression, but are not varied by number and gender, as adjectives are. In fact, an adverb, in French, is the same as an adverb in English, and the simple adverbs of the two languages usually correspond. Besides the simple adverbs, however, the French gram- marians have many adverbial phrases, as they call them ; and as it is useful to know these, a list of them has been given in the Appendix ; but the following is a list of only the simple adverbs. AujouraVhui, now, to-day. assez, enough. ainsi, thus. alors, then. autant, as much, as many. autrefois, formerly, once. aussitot, immediately. JBien, well, very, much. bientot, soon. beaucoup, much, many. Cependant, meanwhile. comme, as, like. comment, how. combien, how much, how many. pa, here. De-ga, on this side. aVabord, at first. aVoli, whence. aVici, hence. de-la, thence. demain , to-morro \v . dedans, within. dehors, without. dessus, above. dessous, beneath. 15* 174 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. dorenavant, henceforth. dis-lors, thenceforth. Encore, now, yet, again. enjin, in fine. ensuite, afterwards, then. expres, on purpose. Fort, very. Guere or gueres, but little. Hier, yesterday. lei, here. Jamais, ever. ne jamais, never. La, there. loin, far. lors-que, when. Mai, ill. moins, less. mieux, better. maintenant, now. meme, even. JVbn, no, not. not. ne pas, ne point, ne que, only. neanmoins, nevertheless. Oui, yes. ou, where, when. Pas, no, not. peu, little. peut-ctre, perhaps. plus, more. plutot, sooner. pis, worse. presque, almost. Quand, when, though. quelquefois, sometimes. Souvent, often. Tres, very. trop, too or too much. £o£, soon. tant, so much, so many. tantot, sometimes, presently. toujours, always. Besides the adverbs in the table just given, the French are accustomed to make adverbs of adjectives by the ad- dition of the syllable ment, which corresponds to the Eng- lish syllable ly that we use for the same purpose. Thus, of sage (wise), the French make sagement (wisely) ; of simple (simple), they make simplement (simply), &c. But it must be carefully observed that, when the adjective ends in i, u, or e accented, the ment is added to the mascu- line, but in all other cases it is added to the feminine, which of course ends in silent c. It is difficult to give any precise rules by which the pupil may with certainty always place the adverbs, but the following will, it is booed, be of great service : — SIMPLE ADVERBS* 175 CCXXII. 1. If a simple adverb attends a noun, it usually comes before it, and an adverb always precedes any adjective that it qualifies ; thus, Veritablement, ami, vous etes trop heureux, " Truly, friend, you are too happy." Precisely, my friend, what I had forbidden you, Precisement ami (that which) defendre He is rich enough, but he is not good enough. riche mais bon She is very handsome, but he is very wise. tres beau mais sage The lady is very amiable, but very poor. dame fort aimable pauvre 2. If a simple adverb qualifies a verb in a simple tense, it generally follows the verb ; thus, Elle parle beaucoup, " She talks a great deal." She talks much, and he reads well. parler lire That gentleman was once a physician. monsieur — medecin Come soon, for we love you much. Venir car aimer They were often in the fields. etre dans champ CCXXIII. 3. If a simple adverb qualifies a compound tense, it is usually placed between the auxiliary and the participle ; thus, Je suis vivement touche de son malheur, " I am keen- ly touched at his misfortune ; " J'avois ete fortement soli* cite, " I had been strongly solicited." She has talked much, and he has read well. parler lire That boy has often been punished. gargon punir 176 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. The world lias unjustly condemned him* morale injustement condamner He has happily succeeded in his undertaking-. heureusement reussir dans entreprise 4. Adverbs which ask a question always come before the verb; thus, Pourquoi Mtez-vousl "Why do you hurry ? " Ou allez-vous 1 " Whither go you ? " How do you propose to go to London ? se proposer de aller a Londres How-much do you ask for that lace ? demander pour dentelle Whither shall we fly to avoid our enemies ? fair eviter ennemi When do you intend to commence your task ? se proposer commencer tdche CCXXIV. 5. Adverbs of one syllable, and those of order or pre- cedence, may be placed either before or after an infinitive mode; as, Chanter bien, or Men chanter, " To sing weU." Adverbs which express a specific time may come either before or after a verb ; thus, AujouraVhui il fait beau, 11 To-day it is pleasant," or 11 fait beau aujouroVhui, " It is pleasant to-day." We must practise much to sing well. falloir pratiquer pour chanter He ought to be better after his voyage. devoir se porter apres To behave well is the duty of scholars. — se comporter devoir ecolicr I found it yesterday, and have brought it to-day. trouvcr apportcr I shall dine to-morrow with my best friend. diner chcz ami NEGATIVE ADVERBS. 177 He went to Boston yesterday, and (he) will return to-morrow aller a revenir We ought first to do our duty. devoir premier ement — faire devoir ccxxv. 6. A compound adverb (of which there is a copious list in the Appendix) must be placed after the noun or verb to which it is attached. I got-up early and went-to-bed as-usual. se lever de-bon-matin se coucher comme-d' ordinaire I study my books most-of-the-time. etudier Jivre la-plupart-du-tems When the ships were in-the-open-sea the action began. vaisseau en-pleine-mer combat commencer As-soon-as he came, he did it off-hand. Aussitot-que venir faire sur-le-champ 7. The adverbs jamais, souvent, toujours, and those of comparison and quantity, come before other adverbs, if there be any in the same sentence ; as, Je Vai toujours murement considere, "I have always maturely consid- ered it." I have seriously thought of it. serieusement mediter en They will never be closely united. etroitement uni He has done it so politely. faire si poliment I am not so unhappily forsaken. malheureus ement abandonne Negatives. Some adverbs are called negatives. In English, two negatives make a positive, and destroy each other ; but in French, the negative is usually doubled. Some of the most common negatives will be given, with suitable 178 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. exercises, although they may have been noticed already in previous lessons. Que, followed by ne, meaning lest, is a negative, and one of the few that are not doubled ; thus, Je tremble qu'a mon retour je rfimmole et toi et ton ami perfide, " I shudder lest on my return I should immolate both thee and thy perfidious friend." It will be seen by this exam- ple, that que follows the first verb, and ne comes before the second, requiring it to be in the subjunctive mode. Ne, followed by que, means only, and is also a single negative ; — 11 n'est que pauvre, " He is only poor." Ne precedes the verb, and que follows it. CCXXVI. I fear lest they communicate to us their dissolute manners. craindre communiquer (subj. pret.) dissolu mceurs I tremble lest that should-happen. trembler cela arriver (subj. pres.) They fear lest the fever should-return. On apprehender Jievre revenir (subj. pres.) I have feared lest he should-go too far. avoir apprehender aller (subj. pret.) trop loin Too-much reading only serves to confuse the mind. trop de lecture servir a embrouiller esprit I only ask-for what is necessary to me. demander — (that which) necessaire When I speak to him, he only laughs. parler ne faire que rire Money only brings cares and anxieties, -f- argent apporter -|- soin -f~ cinxiete CCXXVII. Ne, followed by pas or point, means not ; and the ne always precedes the verb, while pas or poi tit may precede or follow it, if it be in the infinitive, but must follow it if in any other mode. If the tense be compounders and point must come between the auxiliary and the participle. NEGATIVE ADVERBS. 179 Point seems to be a stronger negative than pas ; for 11 ne lit pas means, " He is not reading," but 11 ne lit point means that " He never reads" Examples of ne — pas. Cicero is not less vehement than Demosthenes. Ciceron moins vehement Demosthene The rich are not more happy than the poor. riche (pi.) heureux pauvre (pi.) There is not much money among men of letters. y' 'avoir beaucoup d* argent chez les gens de lettres He will see you, for he is not asleep. voir parceque — dormir Examples of ne — point. He will die, for he does not sleep. mourir parceque — dormir There is no honor among thieves. y avoir d'honneur entre -f- voleur There is no hope for the wicked. y avoir d esperance mechant (pi.) There is no happiness without virtue. y avoir de bonheur sans vcrtu CCXXV1II. Jamais, without ne, means ever; thus, Avez-vous jamais rien vu de si beau? " Have you ever seen any thing so fine?" Sans jamais se plaindre, "Without ever complaining." But when ne precedes jamais, it means never. The pupil will recollect that no and < n r, in English, are equivalent to never. Ne is placed imme- diately before the verb, and jamais usually follow- it. If the tense be compound, jamais comes between the auxiliary and the participle. He has never seen his father. avoir voir pert ISO FRENCH ACCIDENCE The honor of my country has never been violated. honneur patrie ttre viole The world will never pardon a traitor. monde pardonner traltre Never should we forget our benefactor. devoir on oublier son bienfaiteur Non (no) is used in answer to a question ; as, Croyez- vous cela ? Non. " Do you believe that ? No." Not 7 at the beginning of a phrase, and followed by that, is rendered in French by non pas ; thus, Non pas que la chose soit impossible, i( Not that the thing is impossible." Non pas que requires the subjunctive mode. Not, in answer to a question, may be rendered by pas or point, without the ne ; thus, Comment vous portez-vous 1 " How do you do?" Pas bicn, " Not well." " Do you like his aunt?" Aimez-vous sa tantel " Not at all," Point du tout. Have you been to the theatre ? No : not that I do not theatre — desire to go, but because I have no leisure. desirer d?y alter, mais parceque ne point de loisir I never loved him ; not that he is wicked, but because he aimer ( SUD j-) mediant is not amiable, aimable* How do you like that wine ? Not well. Comment trouver vin bicn CCXXIX. Adverbs of quantity, when followed by the noun of which they express the quantity, must be followed by the preposition de. The adverb bicn is the only exception, and this is followed by the article du, de la, or des, as the noun may require. I have enough money, but no prudence. point PROPOSITIONS. 181 If you had as-much judgment as (of) wit. si jngement que esprit He who has much money has many friend argent bien ami You have less wisdom, but more virtue, than he. sagesse vert a que ltd He has little honor and less pity. honneur pi tic He who has many servants has many expenses. Lien domesfique The army has not enough provisions. armee provision More deeds and fewer words. ejfet mains parole dcpeiue Tl English PREPOSITIONS. simple prepositions are nearly the The following is a list of those govern a noun without the aid of another word : — A, to. cpres, after. cvant, before. uvec, with. Chez, to or at the house of, among, with. as in may centre^ against. JJ«, of, from. dans, in, into. ifejnris, since. tierrisre, behind. dis^ from, since. d ess ous, under. dtssus, over. devant, before. En, in, into, like. entre, between. envers, towards. 16 environ, about. excejrte, except. Hors, ) \ V except. no ram is, ) l Moyennant, fc, malgre, in soil I with- standing. Outre, besi Par, by, I partni, am jwur, for. Sans, v. it] sauf, telon, ler. 182 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Concernant, joignant, durant, touchant, nonobstant, pendant, suivant, vu, and attendu, are also called simple preposhions ? but they are really participles qualifying some preceding word, and governing nouns, as any other participles of active verbs may do. In the Appendix will be found a list of phrases, which are called compound prepositions ; but it will be seen that the real prepositions are de and a y and the rest of the phrase has no claim to the name of preposition. Perhaps among the simple prepositions should be placed a few, which, like our up-on and in-to, are composed of two simple prepositions. These are, D'apres, after. H peint d'apres nature, " He paints after nature.' 7 D'avec, from. 11 discernoit le bien oVavec le mal, " He distinguished good from evil." D'entre, among. 11 y en a peu oVentre eux, etc. " There are few among them, &c." De chez, from. Je sors de chez le prince, " I come from the prince's." De par, by. De par le roi, " By (or in the name of) the king." Hors rfe,outof. Hors de la ville, " Out of the city." ccxxx. The prepositions a, de, and en, are repeated before every noun, pronoun, and infinitive they may govern ; as, 11 est comble oVhonneur et de gloire, " He is loaded with honor and glory." You will receive letters from him and me. recevoir + leit re + moi He owes his life to the clemency and magnanimity of devoir (the) vie clemence -f- magnanimite the king. roi. We find the same prejudices in America and < Europe. On trouvcr meme prejugc en Amerique -f- Europe PREPOSITIONS. 183 He tries to merit and obtain your confidence. tdche de meriter -f~ obtenir confiance The other prepositions are repeated when the nouns they govern are contrasted, or in opposition to each other, but not when the nouns mean nearly the same thing ; thus, Dans la vilh et dans la cawpagne, " In the city and in the country." 11 passe sa vie dans la moUessi tt I 'oisivete? " He spends his life in effeminacy and idle- ness." Fulfil your duties to God, your parents, and your remplir devoir envers Dieu -{- parent + country, patrie. Every people has shone in arts and in war. chaque peuple briller par -f- art par -\- guerre He is under the guard and protection of the law. sous garde la protection hi She charms every -body by her goodness and sweetness. charmer tout le monde bonte doua. ur CCXXXi. Avant and devant seem to have the same meaning in English, but their use is very different. Avant expn the° order of time, and is the opposite of apns ; dewati marks the order of place, and is the opposite at dcrri&re. We live after the persons who come before us. vivre personne venir We go behind those who pass before us. aller celles passer He who arrives (the) first, seivts himself befew th* ot! arrive $'a$$eoir but the most honorable place-themselvea before ibem, sc plan r 184 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. I saw that before you. Put that before the fire, (have seen) cela Mettre feu He is-to preach before the king. When he was before devoir precher roi Quand his judges, juge. You must put the preposition before the noun (that) it falloir mettre Reposition nom governs, gouverner. CCXXXII. Proper names of persons and towns are preceded by de and a, but not by the definite article da, de la, de V y an, a la, a l\ She took Mary's book, and gave it to Peter. prendre Marie livre donner Pierre It is more than fifty miles from Naples to Rome. 11 y a plus de mille The road is good from Boston to Salem. chemin The road to Roxbury leads to Dedham. chemin de va I left York, and took the route to Boston. partirYork prendre route de Give the penknife to John, and some ink to Charles. donner canif Jean encre He went to Paris, and thence to Rome. aller de la William Second was son to William the Conqueror. Guillaume ttre de Guillaume Conquerarrt CCXXXIII. As there is some difference in the use of en and dans, it may be useful to notice, that, 1. En is never used before an article. PREPOSITIONS. 185 2. Dans is used before names of towns and authors. 3. En is used before the present participle. 4. Dans is used when the noun following expresses the time, place, condition, &c, in a particular and not a gen- eral sense ; as, En guerre, " In war ; " Dans la guerre, " In the war." 5. En is used for the word like when it means after the manner of. He is in the house, maison. She entered (into) the room, entrer chambre. They were in that uneasy posture, posture, penible. We read in Cicero, lire Ciceron. I have seen it in Ovid, voir Ovide. The king is in good health, roi, santL He acted like a prince, agir, prince, (In) going he left his orders, partir, laisser, ordre. CCXXXIV. En is used before countries to which one is going or coming, and then means to or into. Aller en France, Venir en Angleterre, " To go to France ; To come to England." A is used in a similar manner before towns ; as, 11 est alle a Londres, " He has gone to London." When we speak of coming, arriving, or returning from a place, whether a country or a town, we must use the preposition de, and not the article du, de la, or de V . The army wished to-pass into England, armee vouloir passer Angleterre. He goes often to France and (to) Spain. aller Espagne My wife has gone to Ireland. femme est Irelande But she will-return soon to America. mais retourner Amerique She travelled from Switzerland to Poland. voyager Suisse Pologne 16* 186 FREfTCH ACCIDENCE. The apostle was conveyed from Asia to Italy* apdtre emmener Asie Italie They will-return from Russia in winter. revenir Russie en hirer The travellers will-come to Newton. voyageur venir cexxxv. Chez is probably a contraction of the word casa, which means house, and it is seldom, if ever, used without indicating some house or home; thus, AUez chez moi, " Come home with me, Come to my house/' or merely a Come with me," when it is understood that I am going home. The particular home is determined by the name of the person, or by the personal pronoun which follows chez ; Chez moi meaning " My house ; " Chez toi, " Thy house ; " Chez lui, " His house ; " Chez elle, " Her house ; " Chez soi, " One's own house ; " Chez nous, chez vous, chez eux, chez elles, " Our, your, their house ;" Chez M. Jones, " Mr. Jones's house." He is at-my-house. I am-going home. tire aller We went home-with-him. He dines with-us. aller diner They will-come to-Mrs.-Smith's (house) . venir Madame Each is master at (or in) his own house. maitre The gentleman has accompanied her home. Ce monsieur accompagner Sometimes chez is preceded by another preposition : — I came from your house. venir de They came from Mrs.-Howard's this morning. venir de Madame matin She has called at our house. passer par CONJUNCTIONS. 187 Chez sometimes may be rendered by the English word among : — There-was a custom among the Athenians. II y avoir coutume ■ Athenian CONJUNCTIONS. Simple conjunctions in French correspond very nearly with what are so called in English. The simple conjunc- tions are, aussi, as. car, for. et, and. maisy but. ni, neither, nor. ou, or, either. or, but, now. puisque, since. parce que. because. que, but, than, that. quoique, although. si, if, whether. soit, whether. toutefois, nevertheless. In French, as in English, it is sometimes difficult to tell whether a word is a conjunction or an adverb, even when they are simple ; but when they are compound, the diffi- culty is greatly increased. A list of the compound con- junctions may be found in the Appendix, with the com- pound adverbs and prepositions. Simple conjunctions are used very much as they are in English, and therefore exercises are only needed where there is something peculiar to the French words. CCXXXVI. Sometimes the conjunctions are repeated. Thus, when ni is followed by ni, the first ni is rendered neither, and the second nor, and the verb which is connected with them must be preceded by ne ; thus, 11 rfest ni riche ni pauvre, " He is neither rich nor poor." No article is used before nouns that follow ni — ni. I neither saw him nor spoke to him. voir le parler lui The ladies were neither sick nor engaged. dame rietre malade engage 188 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Neither money nor land was given to him. argent terre n'ctre donner Neither father nor son was saved. pcre fils n'etre sauver When ou is repeated, the first ou means either, and the second or ; thus, Ou pert ou mere Fa fait, " Either father or mother did it." I saw either the young man or his sister. voir jeune homme sceur I love either his genius or his soul. aimer genie dme Either I, who give thee life, or thou, who owest it-to-me. moi laisser -\- vie toi devoir me Either he loved her, or she has bewitched him. aimer ensorceler CCXXXVII. Soit is sometimes repeated, and the first is translated whether, the second or; thus, Soit par crainte, soit par clemence il lui pardonne, " Whether through fear or clem- ency, he pardoned him." Soit is in fact a tense of the verb etre, and means be it. Fortune, whether good or bad, cannot deceive the + fortune bon mauvais, pouvoir tromper sage. sage. Whether hewritesor speaks, he is always admirable. que ecrire -\--\-parler toujours admirable His mind is uniform, whether in prosperity or in adversity. esprit egal en prosperite en adversite The conjunction et is also sometimes repeated, and then the first et is translated both, and the second and ; thus, Both Peter and John were at the tomb. Pierre Jean (pret.) tombcau Both my relations and (my) friends have forsaken me. parent ami abandonner INTERJECTIONS. 189 I see both my honors increase and my credit fall. voir honneur croitre credit tomber Aussi, in comparisons, is followed by que, (See page 54.) Car is used for the English word for, when because may be put instead of for, and never when for has an objective case after it. Mais and que mean but; BUT, when que has this mean- ing, it is preceded by ne, and may be rendered by only ; as, llrUa que dix ans 9 "He is but ten years old; he is only ten years old." The but, printed above in capitals, should be rendered by mais. 11 est riche, mais il vHest pas genereux, " He is rich, but he is not generous." Or also means but ; it is rarely used, however, and in such sentences as this, he sage est heureux, OR Socrate est sage, "The sage is happy, now, but, and yet, Socrates is a sage." INTERJECTIONS. Interjections, properly so called, can hardly be called words ; but, in French, as in English, nouns, verbs, and sometimes considerable phrases, are called interjections. The simplest are the following : — ah ! ah ! or oh ! pa ! come on ! fi! fie! helas ! alas! ho ! hold ! ho there ! gare ! take care ! chut! st! hush! voici! behold! here is. voila ! behold ! there is. Voici and voila sometimes govern an accusative case, like prepositions ; but the words are compounds of vois (see), and ci or la, adverbs meaning here and there, and this accounts for the object after them. 190 APPENDIX A COMPLETE LIST OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. First Conjugation in ER. ALLER, to go. Participles, Allant, alle. Pres. Vais, vas, va allons, allez, vont. Imp. All-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. All-ai, as, a ames, ates, erent. Put. I-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. I-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Va, aille allons, allez, aillent. Sub. P. Aille, ailles, aille .... allions, alliez, aillent. Pret. All-asse, asses, at assions, assiez, assent. As this irregular verb is often reflective, and not only preceded by the double pronouns, but also by the conjunc- tive pronoun en, (thus, Sen alter, which may be translated, to go away or off,) it is given at length, for the guidance of the pupil : — Infin. Mode. S'en alter, To go away. Indie. Pres. 1. Je m'en vais, I go (or am going) away. 2. Tu fen vas, Thou goest (or art going) away. 3. // s'en va, He goes (or is going) away. 1. Nons nous en allons, We go away. 2. Vous vans en allez, Ye go away. 3. 775 s'en vont, They go away. Imp. Je m\ n allots, I was going away. Pret. Je m'en allai, I went away. Fut. Je m'en irai, I shall jjo away. Cond. Je m'en irois, I should go away. APPENDIX. 191 Imperative. 2. Va-t'en, 3. Qu'il s'en aille, 1. Allons nous en, 2. Allez vous en, 3. Qu'ils s'en aillent, Subj. Pres. Pret. Queje rn'en aille, Qu'il s'en alldt, Pres. Part. S'en allant, Go thou away. Let him go away. Let us go away. Go ye away. Let them go away. That I may go away. That he might go away. Going away. Compound Tenses. Comp. of Pres. Indie. Comp. of Imp. " Comp. of Pret. " Comp. ofFut. " Comp. of Cond. " Comp. of Pres. Subj. Comp. of Pret. I have gone away. I had gone away. I had gone away. I shall have gone away. I should have gone away. That I may have gone away, or that I may be gone away. Qu'ils s'enjtissentalles, That they might have gone away, or that they might be gone away. Je rn'en suis alii, Je rn'en itois alii, Je m'enfus alii, Je rn'en serai alii, Je rn'en serois alii, Queje rn'en sois alii, ENVOYER, to send. Pres. Env-oye, oyes, oye . Imp. Envoy-ois, ois, oit . Pret. Envoy-ai, as, a ... . Put. Enver-rai, ras, ra . . Cond. Enver-rois, rois, roit Imperative. Env-oye, oye . Sub. P. Env-oye, oyes, oye Pret. Envoy-asse, asses, at So conjugate Renvoyer, Part. Envoyant, envoye. . oyons, oyez, oyent. . ions, iez, oient. . ames, ates, erent. . rons, rez, ront. . rions, riez, roient. . oyons, oyez, oyent. . oyions, oyiez, oyent. . assions, assiez, assent. Verbs of the First Conjugation ending in ger, retain the e before such terminations as begin with a and o. Thus, manger has mangeant and mangeois, and not mangant and mangois. Verbs ending in cer, do not retain the e in such cases, but affix the cedilla to c. Thus, bercer, berpatit, b erp ois, &c. 192 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* Second Conjugation in IR. ACQUERIR, to acquire. Part. Acquerant, acquis. Pres. Acqui-ers, ers, ert . . . . acque-rons, rez, acquierent. Imp. Acquer-ois, ois, oit . . . . ions, iez, oient. Pret. Acqu-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Acquer-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Acquer-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Acqui-ers, ere . . . acque-rons, rez, acquierent. Sub. P. Acqui-ere, eres, ere. . acquer-ions, iez, acquierent. Pret. Acqu-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Conquerir, to conquer. — Requerir, to require. S'enquerir de, to inquire after. Conquerir is only used in the infinitive, in both preterites, and in the compound tenses. Requerir is only used in law. S'enquerir de is disused, and s' informer has taken its place. Querir (to fetch), of which the others are compounds, is only used in the infinitive mode after the verbs oiler, envoyer, and venir, and is then rendered by for or after; thus, Allcr querir, to go for ; Envoy cr querir, to send for ; Venir querir T to come for. BOUILLIR, to boil. Part. Bouillant, bouilli. Pres. Bous, bous, bout bouill-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Bouill-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Bouill-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Bouilli-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. id. Bouilli-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Bous, bouille .... bouill-ons, ez, ent. P. Bouille, bouiUes, bouille bouill-ions, iez, ent. Pret, Bouill-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Rfbouilfir, to boil again. — Those verbs arc lora used except in the third persons, or in the infinitive mode, which usually follows some tense of the verb fairr, t-> make; for, bouiUir, being a neuter verb, cannot take an object alter it, unless joined to fairc; thus, Faites boitillir ectte viande. " Boil that meat." APPENDIX. 193 COURIR, TO RUN. Pres. Cours, cours, court Imp. Cour-ois, ois, oit . . Prtt. Cour-us, us, ut . . . Fat. Cour-rai, ras, ra . . Cond. Cour-rois, rois, roit Imperative. Cours, coure Sub. P. Coure, coures, coure Prtt. Gour-usse, usses, ut . . Part. Courant, couru. , cour-ons, ez, ent. . ions, iez, oient. . umes, utes, urent. . rons, rez, ront. . rions, riez, roient. . cour-ons, ez, ent. . cour-ions, iez, ent. . ussions, ussiez, ussent. So conjugate all its compounds, viz. Accourir, to run to. Parcourir, to run over. doncourir^ to concur, Recourir, to have recourse to. Discourir, to discourse. Secourir, to succor. Encourir, to incur, COUVRIR, to cover, is a compound of OUVRIR, to open, which see. CUEILLIR, to gather. Part. Cueillant, cueilli. Pres. Cueill-e, es, e ....... , ons, ez, ent. Imp. CueilJ-ois, ois, oit .... . ions, iez, oient. Prtt. Cueill-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Cueille-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Cueille-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Cueille, cueille . . . cueill-ons, ez, ent. Sab. P. Cueill-e, es, e. ..... . ions, iez, ent. Pret. Cueill-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate AccueilUr, to welcome, and Recueillir, to collect together. Instead of accueillir, the French now generally use the verb f aire, and the noun accutil. DORMIR, to sleep. Part. Dormant, dormi. Pres. Dors, dors, dort dorm-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Dorm-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Dorm-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Dormi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Dormi-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Dors, dorme dorm-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Dorme, dormes, dorme . dorm-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Dorm-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 17 194 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, So conjugate Endormir, to put to sleep. S'endormir (reflective), to fall asleep. Se rendormir (reflective), to fall asleep again, FUIR, to flee, or shun. Part. Fuyant, fui. Pres. Fuis, fuis, fuit fuy-ons, ez, fuient. Imp. Fuy-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Fuis, fuis, fuit fuimes, fuites, fuirent. Fat. Fui-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Fui-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Fuis, fuie fuy-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Fuie, fuies, fuie fuy-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Fuisse, fuisses, fuit .... fuis-sions, siez, sent. So conjugate S'enfuir (reflective), to run away. Instead of je fuis, or je m'enfuis, in the preterite tense, the French usually say, Je pris la fuit e, "I took to flight," or J'evitai, "I shunned;" and so with the pres. and pret. subjunctive : Je prenne lafuite, or fevite; Je prisse lafuite, or j'evitasse. HAIR, to hate. Part. Hai'ssant, hai'. Pres. Hais, hais, hait hai'ss-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Hai'ss-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret Never used. Put. Hai'-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Hai'-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Hais, haisse hai'ss-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Haiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret Never used. The compound tenses are very seldom used. MFNTIR, to lie. Part. Mentant, menti. Pres. Mens, metis, ment ment-ons, ez, ent. Imp, Rf ciit-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Ment-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. /•'///. Menti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Menti-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Mens, mrntr ment-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. MeBte,mentes/mente. . ment-ions, iez, ent. Pnt. Ment-isae, issea, it issions, issiez, issenU APPENDIX. 195 So conjugate Dementir, to give the lie, to belie, to con- tradict. MOURIR, to die. Part. Mourant, mort. Pres. Meurs, meurs, meurt . . . mour-ons, ez, meurent. Imp. Mour-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Mour-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. Put. Mour-rai, ras, ra . . . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Mour-rois, rois, roit. . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Meurs, meure .... mour-ons, ez, meurent. Sub. P. Meure,meures,meure. . mour-ions, iez, meurent. Pret. Mour-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. Se mourir (reflective) means to he dying. OFFRIR, to offer. Part. Offrant, offert. Pres. Offr-e, es, e ........ . ons, ez, ent. Imp. Offr-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Offr-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Offri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Offri-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Offre, offre offr-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Offr-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Offr-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Mesqffrir, to underbid ; (very little used.) OUIR, to hear, only used in the Infinitive, and Pret. J'ouis, il ouit. Sub. Pret. due j'oui'sse, qu'il ouit. Part. Oui, oui'e, with the verb avoir ; thus, Tat oui dire que, I have heard (say) that, &c. Instead of ouir, entendre or apprendre is used. OUVRIR, to open. Part. Ouvrant, ouvert. Pres. Ouvr-e, es, e ons, ez, ent. Imp. Ouvr-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Ouvr-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Ouvri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Ouvri-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Ouvre, ouvre .... ouvr-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Ouvr-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Ouvr-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 196 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. So conjugate Coutrir, to cover. — Dtcouvrir, to discover. Recoiwrir, to cover again. PAliTIR, to set out. Part. Partant, parti. Pres. Pars, pars, part part-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Part-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pitt. Part-is. is, it imes, ites, irent. Fat. Parti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Parti-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Pars, parte part-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Parte, partes, parte . . . part-ions, iez, ent. Prtt. Part-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Departir and Repartir, to distribute, to impart. Repartir, to set out again. se REPENTIR, to repent. Part. Se repentant, se repenti. Pres. Je me repens, tu te repens, il se repent ; Nous nous repentons, vous vous repentez, ils se re- pentent. Imp. Je me repentois, tu te repentois, il se repentoit ; Nous nous repentions, vous vous repentiez, ils se re- pentent. Pret. Je me repentis, tu te repentis, il se repentit ; Nous nous repentimes, vous vous repentites, ils se repentirent. Put. Je me repentirai, tu te repentiras, il se repentira; Nous nous repentirons, vous vous repentirez, ils se repentiront. Cond. Je me repentirois, tu te repentirois, il se repentiroit; Nous nous repentirions, vous vous repentiriez, ils se repentiroient. Imperathe. Repens-te, qu'il se repente ; Repentons-nous, repentez-vous, qu'ils se repentent. Sub. P. Que je me repente, que tu te repente, qu'il se re- pente ; Que nous nous repentions, que vous vous repentiez, qu'il se repentent. Pret. Quo jo me repentisse, que tu te rcpentisse, qu'il se repentit : due nous nous repentissions, que vous vous repent- issiez, qu'ils Be reprntissent. APPENDIX. 1 97 REVETIR, to invest, or Part. Revetant, revetu. clothe (with dignity or office). JPres. Revets, revets, revet . . revet-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Revet-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Fret. Revet-is, is, it lines, ites, irent. Fat. Reveti-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Reveti-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient Imperative. Revets, revete . . . revet-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Revet-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Revet-isse, isses, it . . . issions, issiez, issent. Vetir (to clothe) is used only in the infinitive, and par- ticiple vetu (clad) ; and for the other tenses habiller is used. Ss revetir (to put on one's clothes) is rarely used, and then only in a few of its tenses. SENTIR, to feel, to smell. Part. Sentant, senti. Prcs. Sens, sens, sent sent-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Sent-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Sent-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Fat. Senti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Senti-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient Imperative. Sens, sente ... . . . sent-ons, ez, ent. Sab. P. Sente, sentes, sente . . sent-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Sent-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Consentir, to consent. Presscntir, to have a foresight or presentiment. Ressentir, to be sensible of, to resent. SERVIR, to serve. Part. Servant, servi. Pres. Sers, sers, sert serv-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Serv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Serv-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Servi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Servi-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Sers, serve serv-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Serve, serves, serve . . serv-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Serv-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 17* 198 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. So conjugate Desservir, to clear a table, or to do an ill office. Sc servir (reflective) means, to use or make use of. SORTIR, to go out. Part. Sortant, sorti. Pres. Sors, sors, sort sort-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Sort-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prat. Sort-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Fat. Sorti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Sorti-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Sors, sorte sort-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Sorte, sortes, sorte . . . sort-ons, ez, ent. Prct. Sort-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. SOUFFRIR, to suffer, to Part. Souffrant, souffert. PERMIT. Pres. Souffr-e, es, e ons, ez, ent. Imp. Souffr-ois, ois, oit ... . ions, iez, oient. Pret. SoufFr-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Souffri-rai, ras, ra .... rons, rez, ront. Cond. Souffri-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Souffre, offre .... souffr-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Souffr-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Prct. Souffr-isse, isses, it . . . issions, issiez, issent. TENIR, to hold. Part. Tenant, tenu. Pres. Tiens, tiens, tient .... ten-ons, ez, tiennent. Imp. Ten-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. Tins, tins, tint tinmes, tintes, tinrent. Put. Tiend-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Tiend-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Tiens, tienne .... ten-ons, ez, tiennent. Sub. P. Tienne, tiennes, tienne . ten-ions, iez, tiennent. Prct. Tinsse, tinsses, tint . . . tinss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate S'abstenir, to abstain. Maintenir, to maintain. Appartenir, to belong. Obtenir, to obtain. Qmtenir, to contain. Rctcnir, to retain. Ditenir, to detain. Soutcnir, to support Entretenir t to entertain. APPENDIX. 199 TRESSAILLIR, to start. Part, Tressaill ant, tressailli. Pres. Tressaill-e, es, e ons, ez, ent. Imp. Tressaill-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. Pret. Tressaill-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Fat. Tressailli-rai, ras, ra . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Tressailli-rois, rois,roit . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Deficient. Sab. P. Tressaill-e, es, e . , . . ions, iez, ent. Pret. Tressaill-isse, isses, it . . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Saillir (to jut out or project), which is only used in the third person and participles, and Assaillir (to assault). Saillir, when it means to gush out, is a regular verb, con- jugated like punir. VENIR, to come. Part. Venant, venu. Pres. Viens, viens, vient . . . .ven-ons, ez, viennent. Imp. Ven-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Vins, vins, vint vinmes, vintes, vinrent. Put. Viend-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Viend-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Viens, vienne .... ven-ons, ez, viennent. Sub. P. Vienne, viennes, vienne ven-ions, iez, viennent. Pret. Vinsse, vinsses, vint . . . vinss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Contrevenir (a), to infringe. Convenir (de or a), to agree, to become, to fit, to suit. Devenir, to come. Disconvenir (de), to disagree. Intervenir (a), to intervene. Parvenir (a), to attain to. Prevenir, to prevent, to prejudice, to anticipate, to pre- possess. Provenir, to proceed from. Revenir, to return. Se ressouvenir (de), to recollect. Se souvenir (de), to remember, to remind. Subvenir (a), to relieve, to assist. Survenir, to befall, to come up, or to pass. 200 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Third Conjugation in OIR. AVOIR, to have, has been already given, page 72. s'ASSEOIR, to sit down. Part. s'Asseyant, assis. Pres. Je m'assieds, tu t'assieds, il s'assied ; Nous nous asseyons, vous vous asseyez, ils s'asseient. Imp. Je m'asseyois, tu t'asseyois, il s'asseyoit; Nous nous asseyions, vous vous asseyiez, ils s'assey- oient. Pret. Je m'assis, tu t'assis, il s'assit; Nous nous assimes, vous vous assites, ils s'assirent. Put. Je m'assierai, tu t'assieras, il s'assiera; Nous nous assierons, vous vous assierez, ils s'assie- ront. Cond. Je m'assierois, tu f'assierois, il s'assieroit; Nous nous assierions, vous vous assieriez, ils s'assie- roient. Imperative. Assieds-toi, qu'il s T asseie ; Asseyons-nous, asseyez-vous, qu'ils s'asseient. Sub. P. due je m'asseie, que tu t'asseies, qu'il s'asseie; Que nous nous asseyions, que vous vous asseyiez, qu'ils s'asseyoient. Pret. due je m'assisse, que tu t'assisses, qu'il s'assit; due nous nous assissions, que vous vous assissiez, qu'ils s'assissent. No verb has undergone so many variations of orthogra- phy, but the above rests on the highest authority. So conjugate Se Rasscoir, to sit down again. / DECHOIR, to decay, de- Part. Pres. none. cline. Past. Dechu. Pres. Dech-ois, ois, oit oyons, oyez, oient. /////;. Dechoy-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. Pret Dech-us, us, ut tones, utes, urent. Put. Decher-rai, ras, ra. . . . rons, rez, rout. ('oiirf. Decher-rois, rois, roit . rions, riez, roient. Imperative is deficient. Sub. P. Decho-ie, ies, ie .... yions, yiez, icnt. Pret. Dechuss-e. es, e ions, iez, ent. APPENDIX. 201 Choir, the primitive, is not used. Echoir (to fall out, to happen) is conjugated like dechoir, and has the participles echeant, echu. DEVOIR, to owe. Part. Devant, du. Pres. Dois, dois, doit devons, devez, doivent. Imp. Dev-ois, ois, oit ..... . ions, iez, oient. Pret. Dus, dus, dut ........ dumes, dates, durent. Put. Dev-rai, ras, ra ...... . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Dev-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Dois, doive devons, devez, doivent. Sub. P. Doive, doives, doive . devions, deviez, doivent Pret. Dusse, dusses, dut .... duss-ions, iez, ent. Devoir is a regular verb, but few verbs puzzle young beginners more. MOUVOIR, to move. Part. Mouvant, mu. Pres. Meus, meus, meut .... mouvons, mouvez, meuvent. Imp. Mouv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Mus, mus, mut mumes, mutes, murent. Put. Mouv-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Mouv-rois, rois, roit . . . Tions, riez, roient. Imperative. Meus, meuve .... mouvons, mouvez, meuvent. Sub. P. Meuve, meuves, ( mouvions, mouviez, meu- meuve ( vent. Pret. Musse, musses, mut . . . muss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Emouvoir, to move, or excite. POURYOIR, to provide for. Part. Pourvoyant, pourvu. Pres. Pourv-ois, ois, oit oyons, oyez, oient. Imp. Pourvoy-ois, ois, oit . Pret. Pourv-us, us, ut . . . . Put. Pourvoi-rai, ras, ra . . Cond. Pourvoi-rois, rois, roit Imperative. Pourv-ois, oie . . Sub. P. Pourv-oie, oies, oie Pret. Pourv-usse, usses, ut . . ions, iez, oient. . umes, utes, urent. . rons, rez, ront. . rions, riez, roient. . oyons, oyez, oient. . oyions, oyiez, oient. . ussions, ussiez, ussent. Pourvoir is a compound of voir, but differs from it in several tenses. 202 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. POUVOIR, to be able. Part. Pouvant, pu. Prcs. Puis0rpeux,peux,peut . pouvons, pouvez, peuvent. Imp. Pouv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Pus, pus, put pumes, putes, purent. Put. Pour-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Pour-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative is deficient. Sub. P. Puiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Pusse, pusse, put pussions, iez, ent. The English of pouvoir is also can or may, could or might. SAVOIR, to know. Part. Sachant, su. Pres. Sais, sais, sait sav-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Sav-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Sus, sus, sut sumes, sutes, surent. Put. Sau-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Sau-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Sache, sache .... sach-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Sach-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Susse, susses, sut suss-ions, iez, ent. SEOIR, to fit or become, as clothes, manners or colors do. Never used in the Infinitive. Only used in the third persons singular and plural of the following tenses : — Pres. II sied ils sieent. Imp. Seyoit seyoient. Put. Siera sieront. Cond. Sieroit sieroient. Pres. Part. Seyant. The participles seant, sis, and sise, belong to another verb, that is no longer used, and not to seoir. The past participle sis is only used when it means si tit a fed. SURSEOIR, to defer, or adjourn, a compound of seoir, is used only in the law. Its tenses are as follows: — Participles, Sursoyant, sursis, &,c. Pres, Sursois, &,c. Imp. Sursoyois, &x. 1*1(1. Sursis, &x. Put. Surseoirai, &x. Cond. Surseoirois, &c. Impera. Sursois, surseoie,&:c. Su/). P. Surseoje, &c« Pret. Sursisse, &c. APPENDIX. 203 VALOIR, to be worth. Part. Valant, valu. Pres. Vaux, vaux, vaut val-ons, ez, ent, Imp. Val-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Val-us, us, ut . . » umes, utes, urent. Fat. Vaud-rai, ras, ra ..... rons, rez, ront. Cond. Vaud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Vaux, vaille valons, valez, vaillent. Sub. P. Vaille, vailles, yaille . . valions, valiez, vaillent. Pret. Val-usse, usses, ut . . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. So conjugate Prevaloir (to prevail), except that, in the present subjunctive, it has Preval-e 9 es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent, VOIR, to see. Part. Voyant, vu. Pres. Vois, vois, voit voyons, voyez, voient* Imp. Voy-ois, ois, oit. ions, iez, oient. Pret. Vis, vis, vit . . vimes, vites, virent. Put. Ver-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Ver-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Vois, voie voyons, voyez, voient. Sub. P. Voie, voies, voie .... voyions, voyiez, voient. Pret. Visse, visses, vit viss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Entrevoir, to have a glimpse of. — Revoir, to see again. Prevoir, to foresee ; which, in the future and condi- tional, is as follows : — Put. Prevoi-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Prevoi-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Pourvoir (to provide for) is given at length in its place. VOULOIR, to will, be Part. Voulant, voulu. WILLING, Or TO WISH. Pres. Veux, veux, veut voulons, voulez, veulent. Imp. Voul-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Voul-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. Put. Voud-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Voud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative is deficient, though they say, Veuillez-bien, "Be so good as to ." Sub. P. Veuille, veuilles, ) v ,. .„ ..', > vouhons, vouhez.veuillent. veuille ) ' ' Pret. Voul-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 204 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Fourth Conjugation in RE. ABSOUDRE, to absolve. (See Resoudre.) ATTEINDRE, to reach, Part. Atteignant, atteint. HIT, ATTAIN, OT OVERTAKE. Pres. Atteins, atteins, atteint . atteign-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Atteign-ois, ois, oit ... ions, iez, oient. Prtt. Atteign-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Fat. Atteind-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Atteind-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Atteins, atteigne . atteign-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Atteign-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Prct. Atteign-isse, isses, it . . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate the almost disused verbs Astreindre, to oblige — Aveindre, to reach, to fetch out. BATTRE, to beat. Part. Battant, battu. Pres. Bats, bats, bats batt-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Batt-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. Batt-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Batt-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Batt-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Bats, batte batt-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Batte, battes, batte . . batt-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Batt-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Abattrr, to throw or pull Se Debattre, to struggle. down. Rabaitre, to abate (price), Combattrc, to fight. to beat down. Debattre, to debate. Rcbattre, to beat again. BOIRE, to drink. Part. Buvant, bu. Bois, bois, boit buvons, buvez, boivent. Imp. Buv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pteti Bus, bus, but bumes, butt's, buivnt. Fat. Boi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Boi-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez* roient. Imperative. Bois, boive buvons, bnvr/,, boivent. Sub. P. Boive, boives, boive. . buvions, buviez, boivent. Prct. Busse, busses, but .... buss-ions, iez, ent. APPENDIX* 205 BRAIRE, to bray, is selsom used, except in the follow- ing tenses and persons : — Pres. II brait ils braient. Put. II braira ils brairont. Cond. II brairoit ils brairoient. BRUIRE, to roar, to make a noise, is only used in the present participle Bruyant, and in the third persons of the imperfect. // bruyoit, ils bruy oient. CEINDRE, to gird. Part. Ceignant, ceint. Pres. Ceins, ceins, ceint .... ceign-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Ceign-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Ceign-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Ceind-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Concl. Ceind-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Ceins, ceigne .... ceign-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Ceign-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Ceign-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Enceindre, to inclose, to encompass. CIRCONCIRE, to circumcise. (See Confire.) CONCLURE, to conclude. Part. Concluant, conclu. Pres. Conclu-s, s, t ons, ez, ent. Imp. Conclu-ois, ois, oit. . . . ions, iez, oient. Pret. Conclu-s, s, t . . concl-umes, utes, urent. Put. Conclu-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Conclu-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Conclus, conclue . conclu-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Concl u-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Concl-usse, usses, ut . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. CONDUIRE, to conduct Part. Conduisant, conduit. or LEAD. Pres. Condu-is, is, it isons, isez, isent. Imp. Conduis-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. Pret. Conduis-is, is, it ..... imes, ites, irent. Put. Condui-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Condui^rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Conduis, conduise conduis-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Conduis-e, es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent. Pret. Conduis-isse, isses, it . . issions, issiez, issent. IS 206 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. So conjugate Deduire, to deduct. Rcconduire, to reconduct. Enduirc, to do over. Reduirc, to reduce. Induire, to induce. Seduire, to seduce. Introduirc, to introduce. Traduire, to translate. Produire, to produce. CONFIRE, to preserve Part. Confisant, confit. (fruits, Slc.) Pres. Confi-s, s, t sons, sez, sent. Imp. Confis-ois, ois, oit .... ions, iez, oient. Pret. Conf-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Fut. Confi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Confi-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative, Confis, confise . . . confis-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Confis-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Prct. Conf-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So Cireojicire, except that its past participle is circoncis. So Suffire, except that its past participle is suffi. CONNOITRE, to know, in the sense of being acquaint- ed with. Part. Connoissant, connu. Pres. Conn-ois, ois, oit connoiss-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Connoiss-ois, ois, oit . . ions, iez, oient. Prct. Conn-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. Fut. Connoit-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Connoit-rois, rois, roit . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Connois, connoisse connoiss-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Connoiss-e, es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent. Prct. Conn-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. So conjugate 3feconnoitrc, to mistake (one person for another). Reconnoitre, to acknowledge, to recognize. This verb is often spelled Connaitre. CONSTRUIRE, to con- Part. Construisant, con- struct. struit. Pres. Constru-is, is, it isons, isez, isent. Imp. Construis-ois, ois, oit . . ions, iez, oient. Prct. Constru-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. APPENDIX. 207 Put. Construi-rai, ras, ra . . . rons, rez, ront. Cond. Construi-rois, rois, roit . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Construis, con- \ , . n n . 1 ' i construis-ons, ez, ent. struise ) Sub. P. Construis-e, es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent. Prvt. Construis-isse, isses, it . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Instruire, to instruct, and Detruire, to destroy. CQNTRAINDRE, to constrain, is conjugated like Craindre. COUDRE, to sew. Part. Cousant, cousu. Pres. Couds, couds, coud . . . cous-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Cous-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. Cous-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Coud-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Coud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Couds, couse .... cous-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Cous-e, es, e ...... . ions, iez, ent. Pret. Cous-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Decoudn, to unsew. — Recoudre, to sew again. CRAINDRE, to fear. Pres. Crains, crains, craint Imp. Craign-ois, ois, oit . . Pret. Craign-is, is, it Put. Craind-rai, ras, ra . . Cond. Craind-rois, rois, roit Imperative. Crains, craigne . Sub. P. Craign-e, es, e . . . Pret. Craign-isse, isses, it . Part. Craignant, craint. craign-ons, ez, ent. ions, iez, oient. imes, ites, irent. rons, rez, ront. rions, riez, roient. craign-ons, ez, ent. ions, iez, ent. issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate all verbs that end in aindre. JOINDRE, to join. Part. Joignant, joint. Pres. Joins, joins, joint .... joign-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Joign-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Joign-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Joind-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Joind-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 208 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Imperative. Joins, joigne joign-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Joign-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Prct. Joign-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate JEnjoindre, to enjoin. Oindre, to anoint (in sacred ceremonies). CROIRE, to believe, or Part. Croyant, cru. THINK. Pres. Crois, crois, croit .... croyons, croyez, croient. Imp. Croy-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. Cms, cms, crut crumes, crutes, crurent. Put. Croi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Croi-rois, rois, roit . . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Crois, croie croyons, croyez, croient. Sub. P. Croies, croies, croie . . croyions, croyiez, croient. Pret. Crusse, crusses, crut . . cruss-ions, iez, ent. CROITRE, to grow. Part. Croissant, cru. Pres. Crois, crois, croit . Imp. Croiss-ois, ois, oit . Pret. Crus, crus, crut . . . Put. Croit-rai, ras, ra . . Cond. Croit-rois, rois, roit Imperative. Crois, croisse . Sub. P. Croiss-e, es, e . . . Pret. Crusse, crusses, crut The pupil must carefully place the circumflex ( A ) over the vowels, to distinguish the tenses of this verb from those of croire, to believe. So conjugate Accroitre, to accrue. Rccroitre, to grow again. Dcrroitrr, to decrease. CUIRTC, to cook, to bake, Part. Cuisant, cuit. to do (meat, &x.) Pres, Cuis, cuis, cuit cuis-ons, oz, out. //itp. Cuis-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oicnt. Pret, Cuis-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Pttt. Cu\-r;u, rag, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond, Cui-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. croiss-ons, ez, ent. ions, iez, ent. crumes, crutes, crurent. rons, rez, ront. rions, riez, roient. croiss-ons, ez, ent. ions, iez, ent. cruss-ions, iez, ent. APPENDIX, 209 Imperative, Cuis, cuise ...... cuis-ons, ez, ent. ^6. P. Cuis-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Cuis-isse, isses, isse . . . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Recuire, to bake again. So, also, Luire, to shine; Reluire, to glitter; and Nuire, to hurt; except that their past participles are lui and nui, instead of luit and nuit. DIRE, to say, or tell. Part. Disant, dit, Pres. Dis 7 dis, dit . . disons, dites, disent. Imp. Dis-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Dis, dis, dit dimes, dites, dirent. Put. Di-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. fJond. Di-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Dis, dise ....... disons, dites, disent. Sub. P. Dise, dises, dise ...... dis-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Disse, disses, dit diss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Contredire, to contradict. Medire (de), to speak ill of, Se Dedire (reflective), to to slander. unsay, retract, recant. Predire, to predict. Iiterdire, to interdict, to Redire, to say or tell again, forbid. Maudire, to curse. All these compounds, except redire, have isez, instead of ites, in the present tense indie, and imper. second person plural. Maudire doubles the 5 in every tense where it is not the last letter. JKCLORE, to open (as flowers), or hatch (as eggs), is only used in the infinitive, past part., and third persons of the following tenses. Past Part. Eclos, m. ; eclose, f. Pres. II eclot ils eclosent. Put. II eclora ils ecloront. Cond. II ecloroit ils ecloroient. Sub. P. du^il eclose qu'ils eclosent. Clore, the primitive, and enclore, are used in the singular only of the present, and in all the persons of the future and conditional indie. Part Clos and enclos. 18* 210 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. ECRIRE, to write. Part. Ecrivant, ecrit. Pres. ^cr-is, is, it ecriv-ons, ez, ent. J/mjj. Ecriv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Ecriv-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Fut. Ecri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Ecri-rpis, rois, roit . . . , rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Ecris, ecrive ecriv-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P., Ecriv-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Ecriv-isse, isses, it .... issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Deerire, to describe. Recrire, to write again. Inscrire, to inscribe. Souscrire, to subscribe. Prescrire, to prescribe. Transcrire, to transcribe, Proscrire, to proscribe. ENDUIRE, to plaster > to pay (with pitch), is conjuga- ted like Conduire. EXCLURE, to exclude, is conjugated like Conclure, ex- cept that its past participle is exclus, and not exclu. FAIRE, to do or make. Part. Faisant, fait. Pres. Fais, fais, fait faisons, faites, font. Imp. Fais-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Fis, fis, fit fimes, fites, firent* Fut. Fe-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Fe-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Fais, fasse faisons, faites, fassent. Sub. P. Fass-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Prct. Fisse, fisses, fit fiss-ions, iez, ent. Many writers spell the whole of the imperfect tense, and the first person plural of the present and imperative, as they are pronounced, viz. fesons , fcsois , fesions , &x. So conjugate Cuntrefaire, to counterfeit. Redefairc, to undo again. J) ef aire, to undo, to defeat. Sat isf aire, to satisfy. Se I) if aire, to get rid of. Surf aire, to exact, to ask too Refaire, to do or make up much. agjuti* FEINDRE, TO FEIGN, is conjugated like Etcindrc* APPENDIX. 211 FRIRE, to fry. Past Part. Frit, m.; frite, f. Pres. Fris, fris, frit No plural. Fat. Fri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. In the other tenses, frire is used with some tense of the verb f aire; as, Fait es frire, fais ant frire, &,c. LIRE, to read. Part. Lisant, lu. Pres. Lis, lis, lit lis-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Lis-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Lus, lut, lut . . lumes, lutes, lurent. Fat. Li-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Li-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Lis, lise lis-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Lise, lises, lise lis-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Lusse, lusses, lut luss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Elire, to elect. — Retire, to read again. METTRE, to put. Part. Mettant, mis. Pres. Mets, mets, met mett-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Mett-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Mis, mis, mit mimes, mites, mirent. Fat. Mett-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Mett-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Mets, mette mett-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Mette, mettes, mette . . mett-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Misse, misses, mit miss-ions, iez, ent. Se mettre (reflective) means to begin. So conjugate Admettre, to admit. Omettre, to omit. Commettre, to commit. Pcrmettre, to permit. Compromettre, to compromise. Promettre, to promise. Demettre, to put out, or turn Remettre, to remit, &,c. out. Soumettre, to submit. Se Demettre, to resign. Transmettre, to transmit. MOUDRE, to grind. Part. Moulant, moulu. Pres. Mouds, mouds, moud . . moul-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Moul-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Moul-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 212 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Fut. Moud-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Moud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative* Mouds,moule. . . . moul-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Moule, moules, moule . moul-ions, iez, ent. Pret. Moul-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. So conjugate Emoudre, to whet. Remoudre i to grind again. NAITRE,tobeborn,torise. Part. Naissant, ne. Pres. Nais, nais, nait naiss-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Naiss-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Naqu-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Nait-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Nait-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Nais, naisse naiss-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Naiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Naqu-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Renaitre, to be born again, to revive. PAITRE, to graze, to feed. Part. Paissant, pu. Pres. Pais, pais, pait paiss-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Paiss-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret Not used. Fut. Pait-rai,ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Pait-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Pais, paisse paiss-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Paiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret Not used. So conjugate Repaitre, to eat, to feed, except that this compound has the preterite rcpus. PAROITRE, to appear, to Part. Paroissant, paru (no seem. fem.) Pres. Par-ois, ois, oit paroiss-ons, ez, oient. ./////;. Paroiss-ois, ois, oit .... ions, iez, oient. Pret, Par-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. Put. Paroit-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Paroit-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Pamis, paroigfe . . . paroiss-ons, ez, ent. Sub P. Paroiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. APPENDIX. 213 So conjugate Apparoitre, to appear (as a ghost does). Comparoitre, to appear as a witness. Disparoitre, to disappear. Reparaitre, to reappear. This verb and its compounds are often spelled as they are pronounced — paraitre, apparaitre, &c. PLAIRE, to please. Part. Plaisant, plu. JPres. Plais, plais, plait plais-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Plais-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. Plus, plus, piut plumes, plutes, plurent. Fat. Plai-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Plai-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Plais, plaise plais-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Plaise, plaises, plaise . plais-ions, iez, ent Prct. Plusse, plusses, plut . . . pluss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Complaire, to humor. Deplaire, to displease. PRENDRE, to take. Part. Prenant, pris. Pres. Prends, prends, prend . . prenons, prenez, prennent. Imp. Pren-ois, ois, oit ..... . ions, iez, oient. Prct. Pris, pris, prit primes, prites, prirent. Fut. Prend-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Prend-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Prends, prenne . . . prenons, prenez, prennent. Sub. P. Prenn-e, es, e pren-ions, iez, prennent. Prct. Prisse, prisses, prit .... priss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Apprendre, to learn. Meprendre, to mistake. Cotnprendrc, to understand, Reprendre, to rebuke, to take to include. again. Desapprendre, to unlearn. Surprendre, to surprise. Entrcprcndre, to undertake. RESOUDRE, to resolve. Part. Resolvant, resolu. Prcs. Res-ous, ous, out resolv-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Resolv-ois, ois, oit ... . ions, iez, oient. Prct. Resol-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. Fut. Resoud-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 214 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Con J. Resoud-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Resous, resolve . . resolv-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Resolv-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Resol-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. Besides the participle resolu, this verb, when it means to change, has resous (masc), resoute (fern.). Soudre (to solve), the primitive, is used only in the infinitive present. Absoudre (to absolve) and dissoudre (to dissolve) have no preterite indie, or subj., and only the regular participles absoiis, absoute y dissous, dissoute. RESTREINDRE, to restrain, is conjugated like Etcindre. RIRE, to laugh. Part. Riant, ri. Prcs. Ris, ris, rit ri-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Ri-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret. Ris, ris, rit rimes, rites, rirent. Put. Ri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Ri-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Ris, rie ri-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Rie, ries, rie rilons, riiez, rient. Prct. Risse, risses, rit riss-ions, iez, ent. So conjugate Sourire, to smile. SUFFIRE, to suffice, or be sufficient, is conjugated like Cunfirc, except that its past participle is sujji. SUIVRE, to follow. Part, suivant, suivi. Prcs, Suis, suis, suit suiv-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Suiv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Pret Suiv-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Suiv-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Suiv-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Suis, strive suiv-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Suiv-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Pret. Suiv-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Sensuirrc, to follow from. Pour$nivre % to pursue. APPENDIX* %iO ss TAIRE, to be silent. Part. Taisant, tu. Prcs. Tais, tais, tait tais-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Tais-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. Tus, tus, tut tumes, tutes, turent. Fat. Tai-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Court. Tai-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, r oient. Imperative. Tais, taise tais-ons, ez, ent. Sah. P. Taise, taises, taise . . tais-ions, iez, ent. Prct. Tusse, tusses, tut tuss-ions, iez, ent. TEINDRE, to dye, is conjugated like Atteindre. TRAIRE, to milx. Part. Trayant, trait. Prcs. Trais, trais, trait trayons, trayez, traient. Imp. Tray-ois, ois, oit .... . ions, iez, oient. Put. Trai-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Trai-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Trais, traie tray-ons, ez, traient. Sub. P. Traie, traies, traie . . . tray-ions, iez, traient. There are no preterites. So conjugate Abstraire, to abstract. Rentraire y to fine-draw. Distraire, to distract. Retraire y to milk again. Extraire, to extract. Soustraire, to subtract. VAINCRE, to conquer. Part. Vainquant, vaincu. Pres. Vaincs, vaincs, vainc . . vainqu-ons, ez, er.t. Imp. Vainqu-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. Prct. Vainqu-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. Put. Vainc-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Vainc-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Vaincs, vainque . . vainqu-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Vainqu-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. Prct. Vainqu-isse, isses, it . . . issions, issiez, issent. So conjugate Convaincre (to convince), except that the three persons singular of the present tense, and the whole of the imperfect, of vainer x are seldom used. •216 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. VIVRE, to live. Part, vivant, vecu. Pres. Vis, vis, vit . . , . viv-ons, ez, ent. Imp. Viv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. Prct. Vec-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. Fat. Viv-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. Cond. Viv-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. Imperative. Vis, vive ....... viv-ons, ez, ent. Sub. P. Vive, vives, vive .... viv-ions, iez, ent. Prct. Vec-usse, usses, ut . . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. So conjugate Revivre, to revive, — Survivre, to survive. LIST OF THE PRECEDING IRREGULAR VERBS, ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY, FOR MORE EASY REFERENCE. Page. Abattre. See Battre 204 Absoudre. See Resoudre. . . .213 Abstenir See Tenir 198 Abstraire. See Traire 215 Accourir. See Courir 193 Accroitre. See Croitre 208 Accueillir. See Cueillir 193 Acqucrir, to acquire 192 A dine ttre . See Mettre 211 \\\v\\to go 190 AppafoHre. Sec Paroitre. . . .212 Appartenir. See Tenir 198 A p prendre. See Prendre. .. .213 Assailltr. See Tressaillir 199 Asseoir, to sit 200 Astreindre. See Atteindre. . .204 A tteindre, to reach , etc 204 Aveindre. .See Atteindre. . . .204 Avoir, to have 72 .to brut 204 Boire, to drink 204 Bouilltr, to boil 192 Braire, to bray 205 Bruire, to roar 205 ( Jeindre, to Craindre, tofeur 207 Croire, to believe 203 Croitre. to grow v fc Cueillir, to gather 193 Cuire, to cook, &c £08 Debattre. See Battre 21 I Dechoir, to Jul! away D6coudre. See Coudre Decotrvrir. See r Ouvrir 195 Decrire. Scr Ecrire 210 Decroitre. See Croitre 208 Desire. See Dire 209 Deduire. See Conduire 205 Defaire. Set Faire 210 APPENDIX. 217 Page. D&mentir. See Mentir 194 Demettre. See Mettre 211 Departir. See Partir 196 Deplaire. See Plaire 213 Desapprendre. See Prendre. 213 Desservir. See Servir 197 D^enlr. See Tenir 198 D jtruire. See Construire . . . .206 iJevemr. See Venir . ....... 199 Devoir,, to owe 201 Dire, to sty 209 Diseonvenir. See Venir 199 DLseourir. See Courir 19 > Disparoitre. See Paroitre. . . .212 Dissoudre. See Resoudre. . . .213 Distraire, See Traire .215 U jriiiir. to sleep 193 Eclore.jto hatch 209 Ecrire, to write 210 Liire. See Lire 211 E noudre. See Moudre 21 1 Enouvoir. See Mouvoir. . . .201 Jjnceindre. See Ceindre. . . .205 E noourir. See Courir 193 E;idormir. See Dormir. . . . . .193 Eiidaire. See Conduire 205 E -iruir. See Fuir 194 Knjoindre. See Joindre 207 Euquerir. See Acquerir 192 Rasuivre. See Suivre 214 i -atteprendre. See Prendre.. 213 lintre tenir. See Tenir 193 E itrevoir. See Voir 203 Eavoyer, to send 191 E ieindte. See Atteindre 204 E Ire, to be 74 E xclu re . See Conclure 205 Extraire. See Traire 215 Fiire. to do or make 210 IVindre. See Atteindre 204 Frire, to fry 21 1 Fuir. to shun 194 II air, to hate 194 Induire. See Conduire 205 Inscrire. See Ecrire ...210 Instruire. See Construire. . .206 Interdire. See Dire 209 Intervenir. See Venir 199 Introduire. See Conduire 205 Joindre, to join 207 19 Page. Lire, to read 211 Luire. See Cuire . . , 208 Main tenir. -Sec Tenir 198 Maudire. See Dire 209 Meconnoitre. See Connoitre . 206 Medire. See Dire 209 Mentir. to lie 1 94 Meprendre. See Prendre .... 21 3 Mesoffrir. See Oifrir 195 Mettre, to put 211 Moudre, to grind, 211 Mourir, to die 195 Mouvoir, to move 201 Naitre, to be born 212 Nuire. See Cuire 208 Obtenir. See Tenir 198 Ofrrir, to offer 195 Oindre. See Joindre 207 Omettre. See Mettre 211 Oui'r, to hear 1 95 Ouvrir, to open. 195 Paitre, to feed 212 Parcourir. See Courir 193 Paroitre, to appear 212 Partir, to set out 196 Parvenir. See Venir 199 Permettre. See- Mettre 211 Plaire, to please 213 Pour suivre. See Suivre 214 Pourvoir, to provide for . 2 »1 Pouvoir. to be able 202 Predire.' See Dire 209 Prendre, to take. 213 Prescrire. See Ecrire 210 Pressentir. See Sentir 197 Prevaloir. See Valoir 203 Pre venir. .See Venir 199 Prevoir. See Voir 203 Produire. See Conduire y05 Promettre. See Mettre 211 Proscrire. See Ecrire 210 Provenir. See Venir 1 99 Querir. See Acquerir 192 Rabattre. See Battre 204 Rasseoir. See Asseoir 200 Rebattre. See Battre 204 Rebouillir. See Bouillir 12 Reconduire. See Conduire. .205 Reconnoitre. See Connoitre. 206 Recoudre. See Coudrc 2^7 213 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Page. Recoarir. See Courir li)3 Recou vrir. See Ouvrir 193 Recrire. See Ecrire 210 I » eroit iv. See Croi tro 208 Recueillir. See Cueillir 193 Recuire. See Cuire 208 Red..* faire. See Faire 210 Redire. See Dire 209 Red u ire. See Conduire 205 Refeire. See Faire 210 Retire. See Lire 211 Reluire. See Cuire 208 Remettre. See Mettre 211 llemoudre. See Moudre 211 Renaitre. See Naitre 2J2 Rendormir. See Dormir 193 Rentraire. See Traire 215 Renvoyer. See Envoyer 191 Repaitre. .See Paitre 212 Reparoitre. .See Paroitre. . . .212 Repartir. See Partir 196 Repentir, to repent 1 96 Reprendre. See Prendre 213 Requerir. See Acquerir 192 R soudre, to resolve 213 Ressentir. See Sentir 197 Ressouvenir. See Venir 199 Restreindre. See Atteindre-.204 Retenir. See Tenir 198 Retraire. .See Traire 215 Re venir. See Venir 199 Rew-tir, to clothe 197 Rvvivre. See Vivre 216 Revoir. Sec Voir 203 Ptire, to laugh 214 S lillir. See Tressaillir 199 S itisfair ■. See Faire 210 S.ivoir, to know 202 Pa?e\ Secourir. See Courir 193 Seduire. See Conduire 205 S'en aller, to go axoiuj 190 Sentir. to feel 197 Seoir, to jit, &-c 2l>2 Servir, to serve 1 97 Sortir, to go ovt 198 Souffrir, to suffer ...» 198 Souinettre. See Mettre 211 Sourire. See Rire 214 Souscrire. See Ecrire 210 Soustraire. See Traire 215 Soutenir. See Tenir 198 Souvenir. See Venir 199 Sub venir. See Venir 199 Suffire. See Confire 206 Suivre, to follow 214 Surfaire. See Faire 210 Surprendre. See Prendre 213 Surseoir. See Seoir 202 Sur venir. See Venir 199 Survivre. See Vivre 216 Taire, to be silent 215 Teindre. See Atteindre 204 Tenir, to hold 198 Traduire. See Conduire .... 205 Traire, to wi'k. 215 Transcrire. See Ecrire 21 Transmettre. See Mettre 211 Tressaillir, to start 199 Vaincre, to vanquish 215 Valoir, to be wortft 203 Venir, to come 1 99 Vetir. See Re vetir 197 Vivre, to live 216 Voir, to see 2 3 Vouloir, to be willing 203 FRENCH WORDS BEGINNING WITH SILENT H. The following vocabulary comprises all the French words that begin with silent //, and before which the article or pronodn Buffers an elision : — 1 labile, clever. Habillcr, to clothe. Habilement, cleverly. Hqbittement, dress. Habiltte y cleverness. Habit, a coat. APPENDIX. 219 Habiter, to inhabit. Habitable, inhabitable. Habitant, inhabitant. Habitude, custom. Habituel, habitual. Habituer, to use. Haleine, breath. Hamecon, a fishing-hook. Harmonie, harmony. Hebdomadaire^ weekly. Hebraique, Hebraic. Hebreu, Hebrew. Hecatombe, a hecatomb. Hegire, hegira. Helasl alas! Helicon, Helicon. Heliotrope, turnsol. Hemisphere, hemisphere. Hemistiche, hemistich. Hemorrhagic, hemorrhage. Hemorrhoides, piles. Hepatique, hepatical. Herbage, herbage, pasture. Herbe, herb or grass. Herboriste, herbalist. Hereditaire, hereditary. Heresie, heresy. Heretique, heretic. Heritage, inheritance. Heriter, to inherit. Heritier, an heir. Haritiere, an heiress. Hermine, ermine. Hcrmite, a hermit. Hermitage, hermitage. Heroine* a heroine. Heroique, heroical. Heroisme, heroism. Hesiter, to hesitate. Hesitation, hesitation. Heur, luck. Heure, hour. Heureux, happy. Heureusement, happily Hexagone, a hexagon. Hexametre, hexameter. Hiatus, hiatus, a gap. Hier, yesterday. Hieroglyphs, hieroglyphic. Hirondelle, a swallow. Histoire, history, Historien, historian. Historique, historical. Histrion, a buffoon. Hiver, winter. Hiverner, to winter. Holocauste, burnt sacrifice. Hombre (jeu), ombre. Homelie, a homily. Homicide, a homicide. Hommage, homage. Homme, man. Honnete, honest. Honrtetement , honestly. Honnetcte, honesty. Honneur, honor. Honorable, honorable. Honoraire, honorary. Honorer, to honor. Hdpital, hospital. Horizon, horizon. Horloge, a town clock. Horloger, a watch-maker. Hormis, except. Horoscope, horoscope. Horreur, horror. Horrible, horrid. Horriblemcnt , horribly. Hospitalier, hospitable. Hospitalite, hospitality. Hostie, host, or victim. Hostilite, hostility. * The h is aspirated in hiros 220 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Hole, landlord. / Tote s se, 1 in d 1 ady . Hotel, a hotel or great house. Hotelier, inn-keeper. HoteUeric, an inn. Huile, oil. Huffier, oil-cruet. Huissier, usher, or tipstaff. Huitre, oyster. Hum a in, human. Humainemcnt, humanely. Humaniser, to civilize. Humanite, humanity. Humble, humble. Humblement, humbly. Humect at ion, moistening. Humect er, to moisten. Humeur, humor. Humide, damp, moist. Humidite, humidity. Ifumiliant, mortifying'. Humiliation, humili ation. Humilier, to humble. Humilite, humility. Hyacinthe, hyacinth. Hydre, hydra. Hydromel, mead. Hydro-pique, hydropic. Hydro pi sie, dropsy. Hymen, hymen. Hymne, hymn. Hyperbole, hyperbole. Hypocondre, hypochondriac. Hypocrisie, hypocrisy. Hypocrite, hypocrite. Hypotheque, mortgage. Hypoihequer, to mortgage. Hypothese, hypothesis. Hysope, hyssop. Hysterique, hysteric. In familiar discourse, the letter h is not aspirated in the words Hanovre, Hollande, and Hongrie, when either of them is preceded by de ; for, though we always say le Hano- vre, la Hollande, and la Hongrie, yet it is usual to say and write V Elector at d' Hanovre, la reine d y Hongrie, la toile d Hollande, and the like. As to other national and proper names, the initial h is aspirated in most of them ; as in Hainaut, Hambourg, Havanne, Henri, &c. ; but in Hamil- ton, Har court, Hector, Helene, Herculc, Herode> Homer e y Horace, and Hyppolite, it is mute. COMPOUND ADVERBS. The following very complete list of adverbial phrases is taken from Hodgson's Critical Grammar. Its length is some objection to it, but it was thought that, as most teachers require their pupils to commit phrases to memory, this list, would furnish them with a far more useful exercise APPENDIX. 221 than any phrase book can offer. It is hoped that the classi- fication will assist the memory, although an alphabetical ar- rangement may be preferable for mere reference. 1st. Adverbs of Time* Present Time. A-ce-conp, at this time, now. A-cette-heure, at this moment. A-V instant, instantly. A-present, at present. t immedi- Tout-d-Theure, \ ately, Tout-incontinent, / direct- 8ur-le-champ 9 ) ly, off ( hand. at this in- fment. in a mo- from this Dans-ce-moment, stant. D ans-un-moment , Des~aujourd?hui, very day, En-moins-de-rien, in a trice. Pour-le-present, for the pres- ent. Sur-Vheure, forthwith. Past Time. A-Vheure-meme, ) at that very Au-moment, ) instant. A-sept*heures-sonnantes, as the clock was striking seven, &c. Au-bon-vieux-tems , in the good old times. Au-meme-tems, soon after, at the same time. [yore. Jadis, formerly, in days of Avant-hier, the day before yesterday. Ci-devant, formerly. De-nouveau, lately, newly. Depuis-le-tems, since. Depuis-ce-t ems-la, ever since. Depuis-deux-ans, these two years. Depuis-hier, since yesterday. Depuis-peu, not long since. Depuis-long-tems, a great while ago. Dejd, already. 19* Des-le-herceau, from one's in- fancy. De-longue-main, long since. Hier-au-matin, yesterday morning. Hicr-au-midi, yesterday noon. Hier-au-soir, last night. Hier-matin, yesterday early. Il-n-y-a-pas-long-tems, not long ago. [now. Il-n-y-a-qrf un-moment , just ll-y-a-long-tems, a long while ago. [back. Il-y-a-quelquc-tems, some time Il-y-a-quinzc-jours , a fortnight ago. _ i [ago. Tl-y-a-trois- jours, three days ll-y-a-huit-jours , a week ago. Il-y-a-un-an, a year ago. ll-y-a-un-mois, a month past. Jusqu'd-prcsent, until this time. Jusqu'ici, hitherto. 222 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. La-di c time. re,the last year. t year. . last week. I/imtrejour, tiie oilier day. rnier, last uiontli. A-Tavmir, for the future. Apr&s-demain, after to-mor- row. Au-premier-jour, the next day. A vant-qu' il-soit-long-tenif , be- fore long. Cc-matiii, this morning. d-soir, this evening. Cette-apres-dinee, ) this after- Citt -apres-midi, j noon. Cttte-apres-spupee, to-night. Ci-aprer,, hereafter. I)f/ns-d:ur-GU-trois-joitrs-d f ici, two or three days hence. D ans-la-r,iaihiec , in the morn- ing, [ternoon. Dans-Vapres-dinec, in the af- Dans-piu, shortly. Dan$-pev-dc-tems } within a short time. Dans-sir-: t iai:- y in six months. L( : ; our-pr s cedent , the preced- ing day. N'aguerc, lately, not long ago. Novisslme, newly. Tcut-recemmcnt, \ newly, Toid-fraichcntcnt, j recently. Come, Dans-un-an-dHei, a year hence. [er day. Dc-dcm -jours-Van, every oth- Demain-au-soi'r, to-morrow night. [early. Di main-matin, to-morrow Desormais, hereafter. De-irGis-cn-trois-jours, every third day. D'ici-en-avant, henceforward. Durar.t-irois-jours, during three days. En-trois-mois, in three months. IS annec-qui-vicnt, the next year. [ing day. Lc-jour-mivant, the follow- Lc-Iendcmain, the next day. Lc-moi s-prochain , the coming month. [to-morrow. Le-sur-lendcmain, day after Unspecified A-contrctems, unseasonably. A.-, A-demeurc, for a continuance. A-< A-jamais, for ever. A-jo/ir-nommf, at the appoint- A ed day. [day. A in rant, by break of A-la-cojitinue, ) in time, at A i last. A A" ', with the first opportunity. Time. Vinjini, without end. F ordinaire, usually, com- monly, [of night. -nit it-firm ante, at the fall ■miit-fmnce, at the close of night. [ever. •perpetuiti, for ever and -point, in time, in the nick of time. [of time. -point-nomme, in the nick APPENDIX, 2:23 A-portes-ouvrantes, at the opening of the gates. Aprh-coup, too late. Assez-tdt, soon enough. J\-tem$\ in good time. AAoui-bout-de-ckamp , ever and anon. A'to-it-momeni, every minute. Aii-cusur-de-F hiver, in the ^ middle of winter. lA-tout-propos, at every turn. A-foute^heure, at every turn. Au-plus-tard, at the latest. Au-plutoi, as soon as possi- ble. A-sa-poste, to one's liking. Au-saut-du-iit , ) at one's up- Au-sortir-du-lit, J rising. Au-sortir-de-V hiver, at the close of winter. Au-sortir-de-table, at rising from table. Avec-Ie-tems, \ in process En-suite-de-tems, ) of time. Bien-long-tems , very long time. [another. Bon-an-mal-an, one year with Continuemenl, without inter- mission. Coup-sur-coup, ever and anon. Dans-V occasion, when oppor- tunity offers. [times. Be-bonne-heure, early, be- De-hon-matin, \ early in the D -: rand-ma- > morning, tin, ) betimes. D -war, in the day time. D -our-en-jour, from day to day. D> -long-terns, for a long time. De-matin, in the morning. Dc-mon-vivant, in my life- time. anew, again. De-nouveau, Derechef, De-nuii, in the night time. De-plus-belle, afresh. D-prime-abord., \ at first Tout-dJahord, / sight. De-soir, in the evening. Dc-tems-a-autre, now and then. [time. De-tems-cn-tems, from time to De-tous-iems, at all times, ever. Dlieure-en-heure, hourly. D* ordinaire, mostly, most times. [time. En-attendant, in the mean En-attendant-niieuz , till some- thing better happens. Encore, again. [time. En-meme-iems, at the same En-plein-jour, in open day. En-plcin-midi , at noon-day. En~tems-et-li( u , in proper time and place. En-tout-tems, at all seasons. En-un-clin-d' ceil, in the twink- ling of an eye. [bly. Eort-d-propos , very seasona- Jour-ct-nuii , night and day. Joumelkment, daily, [times. La-plupart-dii-tcm s , m os t 3Iatin, early. [night. Nuitamment (in law), by Pas-encore, not yet. Plus-tar d, later. Pour-jamah, for evermore. Pour-lors, then, at that time. Pour-toujours, for ever ah I ever. Pour-un-tcms, for a while. Frcsquc-jamais, hardly ever. Presqiie-toujours, most com- monly. 224 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* Si-tot, so soon, so sudden. Sou-dain t on a sudden, forth- with. Souvcnt, often. Sur-le-soir, towards night. Tatit-qiu-h-joiir-durc, as long as it is day-light. Tr op-tar d, too late. Tous-les-deux-j o urs , every second day. Tous-lesyours, every day. Tout-d-point, in the nick of time. Tout-du-long-de-V annee, the year round. Tout-le-jour, all day. Tout-le-long-dc-la-nuit , night long. [l° n g- Tout-le-long-dy-jour , all day Tout-le-nuit , all night. Trop-souvent, too often. Tr op-tot, too soon. all all 2d. Adverbs of Place. the A-bas, upon the ground, A-cote, by the side. A-droite, to the right. A-gauche, to the left. Ai/leurs, elsewhere. A-la-belle-etoile, under canopy of heaven. la-portee, within reach. -Ventour, ) , , T . . ' > round about. out-autour, ) Vexterieur, on the outside. -. I 'opposite, over against. A-main-droite, to the right hand. [hand. A-mcrin -gauche, to the left ^.-moitie-chemin, half way. A-prrtc-dc-vuc, as far as one's eye can reach. A-portee, at hand. A-r(z-(/<-c/i(/tfsscc, level with the ground. A-terre, down. Au-dedans, within, inwardly. A u-dedan$-et-au-dehorSy a- broad and at home. Av^dehors, outwardly, in for- eign countries. < lu-deld, beyond. AuhU$$OU$. under. Au-dessus, above, beyond. Au-loin, a great way off. Au-long-et-au-large, far and wide. [place. Au-meme-endroit , in the same Au-sein, in the midst. Autrepart, elsewhere. Aux-environs, hard by, in the vicinity. Bas, down. [way. Bicn-avant, deep, far, a great Bicn-loin, far distant. Bien-pres, very near. Cd-et-ld, hither and thither. Ceans, here, within. Ci'dessous, underneath. Ci-dcssus, above this. Contre-bas, downwards. Dans-ce-lieu-fd, ) in that Dans-cet-endroit-ld, J place. Dwis-ce-meme-evidroit-la, in that very same place. Dans-les-pays-etr angers, a- broad. [neighborhood. Dans-le-voisinage, in the Au-depd, \ lln-dcca, \ on this side. Dr-rc-rote-fi, ) Depd-et-deld, up and down. APPENDIX. 225 De-ce-cote-ld, on the other side. En-deld, out of the way. De-cote, sideways, aside. D e- cot e-et-d autre, from side to side. En-dedans, ) . • -, . A , ■ r x , 7 > inside, within. La-dedans, ) De-dessous, from under. D'en-bas, from below. D } en-haut, from above. De-part-et-d' autre, \ on both Des-deux-cotes, ) sides. De-part-en-part, through. De-par-tout, from every quar- ter, [whence ? De-quel-endroit ? from De-plein-pied, on one floor. Depuis-lc-haut-jusqrf en-bas , from top to bottom. Par-derriere, behind. D e-t out es-p arts, from all quar- ters, on all sides. Par-devant, before. D'ici-ld, thither. [through. D'outre-cn-outre, through and Du-dchors, without doors. D' un-bout-d-V autre, all over. D'un-cote-et-d 'autre, about and about. En-aucun-endroit, in no place. En-cwant, forward. En-bas, below. En-dehors, ) outside, with- Par-dehors, f out. En-haut, above, up stairs. En-pleinc-mcr , in the open sea. En-pleine-rue, in the middle of the street. En-quelquc-part , wherever. JusqiCici, as far as this. Ici-autour, here about. Ici-bas, here below. Ici-dessous, under here. Ici-dessus, here above. Ld-autour, there about. Ld-bas, below there, yonder. Ld-dessous, under there. Ld-dessus, up there. Ld-haut, above there. Ld-merne, in that very place. Ld-porte-joignante, the next door to it. Nulle-part, no where. Par-bas, ) , , n r 7 } downwards. Par-le-bas, ) Par-depd, on this side. Par-dedans, through. Par-deld, beyond, through yonder place. Par-dessous, underneath. Par-dessus, over. Par-devers, by, through. Par-en-bas, through the low- er part. Par-en-kaut, through the up- per part. Par-haut-et -par-bas, upwards and downwards. Par-haut, ) , Par-le-haut, ) ^ Par-ici, this way, through this place. [there. Par-ici-par-ld, here and Par-la, that way, through that place. Par-ou? which way? through where ? Par-quel-endroit ? through what place? Par-terrc, on the ground. Par-tout, every where. Par-tout-ou, wherever. Plus-avant, further. Plus-loin, further off. 226 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Plus-pres, nearer. Plus-pres-d-pres, closer. Pres, near. Pres-d-pres, close together. Proche, hard by, near. Sur-la-gauche, on the left hand. [part. Sur-lc-devant, on the fore Sur-te-derriere, on the hinder part. Tous-les-licux-d? alcntour , all places round about. Tout-droit, straight along. Tout-du-long , all through. Tout-le-long , all along. Tout-outre, through and through. Aupres, Ici-pres, Pres-d'ici, Tou t-p res-d' ici, Tout-aupres, Tout-eontre, Tout-proche, Trop-avant, too far, too re- Vis-d-vis, opposite. [mote. hard by, just by, close by, very near. 3d. Adverbs A-bis-et-d-blanc, by fits and % starts. A-bon-droit, deservedly. A-bon-titre, justly. A-califourchon, astride. A-cheval, on horseback. A-cloche-pied, hopping. A-caur-jeun,^ A-condition, conditionally. A-contre-jour, in a false light. A-contre-sens , the wrong way. A-court, straitened. A-couvert, under shelter. A -croup itons, squat down. A-deeouvert, openly. A-drsscin, designedly. A-dt '•ur-mains, with both hands. A-droiture f directly straight. A-faitr, falsely. A-jleur, even with. A-fh ur-d'cau, between wind and water. A-fond, thoroughly. A-force*de t by dint. [force. A-forcr-ourcrtc, with open of Manner. A-gcnoux, kneeling. A-grand-bruit, with great bustle. A-huis-clos, privately. A-la-belle-etoile, in the open \ air - A-la-bonne-foi, sincerely. A-la-bonne-heure , fortunately. A-Pabri-de, under shelter. A-la-derobee, by stealth. A-la-face, \ to his face, to A-son-nez, > one's face, be- En-face, ) fore one's face. A-la-Francoise, after tin French fashion. [ner. A-la-grande, in a grand man- A-Paise, easily. A-Pimpourvu, ) \ v 1 i unawares. A-l improvistc, ) A-la-Judaique, after the Jew- ish fashion. A-la-Juive, Jew-like. A -la-leg ere, lightly. A ~P amiable, amicably. A-la-majet/re, by seniorit}'. A-la-wode, fashionably. A-fa-nagc, by swimming. APPENDIX. 227 A-V Angloise, after the Eng- lish fashion. [fashion. A-V antique, after the old A-la-paysanne, country-like. A-T 'apostolique, holily. A-la-raie, one with another. A-la-renverse, upon one's back, backwards. A-la-reserve, except. A-la-rigueur, strictly. A-la-royale, well seasoned. A-V article-de-\ la-mort, I dying, at the A-la-mort, \ point of Au-point-de- I death. la-mort, J A-la-serpe, in a bungling manner. A-la-s our dine, privately. A-la-Suisse, after the Swiss fashion. A-la-tr averse, thwartingly. A-la-Turque, after the Turk- ish fashion. A-la-turque, roughly. A-Vavenant, proportionably. A-Vaventure, at a venture. A-la-villageoise, after the country fashion. A-la-vogue, fashionably. A-le-g out-regnant, after the reigning fashion. A-Vendroit, on the right side. A-Venvers, on the wrong side. A-Venvi, in emulation. A-Vetroit, narrowly. A-Vetuvee, stewed. A-leur-gre, to their mind. A-V example, in imitation. A-Vinstar, in the same man- ner. A-livre-ouvert, extempore. A-loisir, leisurely. A-V ordinaire, as usual. A-Vuni, level. A-mon-gre, to my mind. A-mort, mortally. A-nu, nakedly. A-outrance, ) to the last A-tout-outrance, ) extremity. A-perte, with loss. A-perte-oV haleine, out of breath. [ly. A-pic, apeak, perpendicular- A-pied, on foot. A-pied-sec, dry shod. [ly. A-pies-de-mouckes , scrawling- A-plaisir, at pleasure. A-plat, plainly. [edly. A-plats-couvert, underhand- A-plein, fully, entirely. A-plein-bras, graspingly. A-plein-g osier, at full stretch. A-plomb, perpendicularly. A-propos-de-rien, without any cause. A-pur-et-d-plein, to all intents and purposes. A-qui-mieux-mieux, in emula- tion of each other. A-raison, at the rate. A-rebours. \ a i f against Au-rebours, > , & A-rebrousse-poil, ) ~ A-reculons, the wrong way, backwards. [tantly. A-r egret, grudgingly, reluc- A-sa-poste, to one's liking. A-sec, dried up, stranded. A-son-gre, to his or her mind. A-tdtons, groping in the dark. A-telle-Jin-que-de-raison, a- gainst all events. A-tire-larigot , very hard (said of drinking). A-titre, under color. 223 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. j. -tort, wrongfully. A-tous-coups, at every turn. A-tous-egarcls, to all intents and purposes. A~t out-force, by all means. A-toutc-volee, point blank. A-tout-prcndre, in the main. Au-bcau-milieu, in the very midst. [to mouth. A u-fur-et-d-mesure, from hand Au-depourvu, unprovided, napping. u 'J on 9 I at the bottom. Dans-lc-jond, ) Au-manier, by the feel. Au-moyen-dc, by means of. Au-naturel, to the life. Av-ph-aller, | , the ^^ A-toute-extre- > i mite, j ha PP en - Au-regard, with respect to. An-respect, in respect. Autrement, otherwise. Au-vu-et-au-su, in sight of. A-vau-Veau, with the stream, gone to wreck. Avec-clemcnce, clemently. Avcc-maturite, maturely. Avcc-poich-rt-mesure, with cir- cumspection. Avec-precision , precisely. Avee-rcrison, justly. Avec-soin, carefully. I r c-vehemenc.e, vehemently. ide t empty. f r i cr 1 1 1 . A-visagc-decouvert, down- .\roir-bcffu, in vain. [line. A-rnf-fFoisscm/, in a straight A-voire-gre % to your mind. A-nte-de-prtys, by iniess. A-nir-fFoil^ visibly. A-ri(<-israi/, in a horizon- tal li A-yeux-clos, blindly. [long. Clop in-clopan t, hobbling a- Comme-de-raison, as it is just. Concurr eminent, in compe- tition, [termission. D arr ache-pied, without in- De-biais, slopingly. Dc-bon-caiur, heartily. De-bonne-lutte, without ex- ception. Dc-bon-jeu, ) ~ . , De-bonne-guerre, ) c 1 •*' De-bonne-foi, sincerely. De-bout, up, standing. De-bricole, indirectly. De-but-en-blanc, bluntly, point blank. De-cettc-sorte, ) in this man- De-la-sorte, y ner. De-complot, designedly. De-compte-fait, by calcula- tion, [way or other. De-fagon-ou-d 'autre, some De-fortune, by good hap. De-gaite-dc-cceur, \\ antonly . De-gre, , J De-bon-gre, \ willingly. De-plcin-gre, ) Dc-gre-d-gre, with mutual consent. [prepense. De-giut-d-pens, with malice Dc-guingois, awry, obliquely. De+leger, lightjy. D-t-necessite, of necessity De-nivcau, level with, even. De-pair, \ , 7) ^ > upon the square. De-pit d-frnic, without stir- ring, [top to toe. De-jjii-i r-cap, cap-a-pie, from De-point -i n-blanc, point blank* [to door. De-port (-< ;i-porte, from door APPENDIX. 229 De-propos-delibere, on set purpose* De* sang-froid, in cool blood. De-sa-tete, ) of his own Dc-son-cJief, ) head. De-sorte-que. ) .^ , ■& , * ' > so that. ±jn-sorte-que, ) De-t elle-sort e, in such a man- ner. De-tous-sens, ) in every Dc-tous-les-sens, ) sense. De-travers, across. De-visu, an eye-witness. D' ordinaire, ) usually, Pour-ordinaire, ) mostly. Du-bon-sens, with the right meaning. [another. Du-fort-au-foible, one with Du-mauvais-sens, with the wrong meaning. D'une maniere-grossiere, un- mannerly. En-ami, as a friend. En-arriere, in arrear. En-badinant, ) a r r -r, . . > for a frolic. r^n-mant, ) Fn-banniere, unfurled. En-bateau, in a boat. En-beau-c/iemin, in a fair way. En-cacheMe, strictly. En-carrosse, in a coach. En-conformite, in conformity. En-droiture, by the direct road. En-fraude, deceitfully. En-friche, untilled, fallow. En-grand, in a large size. En-haine, out of spite. En-paix, peaceably. En-pantoufes, at one's ease. En-particulier , especially. En-perce, broached, [court. En-pleine-audiencc, in open 20 En-pleine-paix, in the midst of peace. En-pointe, point-wise. En-public, publicly. En-pur •e-perte, in vain. En-qualite-de-prince, as being a prince. En-raison, in a ratio. En-recompense, in return. En-regne, in vogue. En-repos, quietly. En-reserve, in store. En-rev anche,to make amends. En-ridicule, as a laughing- stock. En-secret, secretly. En-spectacle, exposed to pub- lic scorn. En-substance, summarily. En-sursaut, suddenly, in a start. En-suspens, in suspense. En-tapinois, slyly. En-temoin-de-quoi, in testi- mony whereof. En-triomplie, triumphantly. En-tumulte, tumultuously. En-un, in one, together. En-vain, to no purpose. E-rcgione (with printers), in register. Fort-bien, very well. Fort-et-ferme , sto lit! y . Fort-mal, very wrongj Gentimcnt, neatly, prettily. Haut-d-la-main , with a high hand. Inccssammcnt, in cessan t ' y . La-guevie-jenfarifiee, blunder- ingly and confidently. Lanturlu, contemptuously. Mal-en-point , at an ill pass. Mal-volontiers, unwittingly. 230 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Xutamment, especially. Xitonent, without dissimula- tion. Par-abstraction, abstractedly. Par-accident. ) , , n . ' \ by chance. Par-avcnlurc, ) J Par-astuce, by craft. Par-bonheur, happily. Par-cxemple, for instance. Par-hasard, accidentally. Par-inadvertence, inadver- tently. Par-indivis, jointly. Par-megarde, by oversight. Par-mepris, by mistake. Par-occasion, occasionally. Pour-badiner, in jest. Pour-cet-effet, to that end. Pour-rire, in joke. Pro-forma, for form's sake. Purement-et-simplement , with- out any reserve or con- dition, [thing. Ric-d-ric, exactly, to a far- Rien-de-saillant, nothing striking. Rien-moins, nothing less. Rien-moins-que-cela, quite another thing. Roide, swift. [business. Rompu-aux-aff aires, used to Sain-et-sauf, safe and sound. Sciemment, wittingly. Serre-dt-douleur , oppressed with grief. Sous-lt-manteau, privately. Sous-mains, underhand. Sur-le-champ , on the spot, ex- tempore, off hand. Tete-pour-tete, full butt. Tout-au-long , at full length. Tout-d-point , seasonably. Tout-court, bluntly. Tout-de-bon, in good earnest. Tout-de-go, without ceremo- ny, [blood. Tout-en-sang, covered with Tout-franc, freely. Tout-froidement, coldly. Tout-haut, boldly, aloud. Tout-net, plainly. Tout-plat, flatly. [jaded. Tout-rompu-de-fatigue, quite Tout-uni, all of one color. A-grands-pas, stride's. A-la-flc, ) one after Queue-d-qiteue, j another. A-/a-/in, finally, at the last. A-la-rond<\ nil round. A-Tavenir, for the future. A-nuritiS-chemiii, half way. Apr&s-quoi, after which. A-t on r-d< -rolr, in one's turn. Atten€mt i next to. Auparavant, before. 4th. Adverbs of Order. with great Au-bout-dit-comptr , after all. Au-cont retire, I on the con- A u-rebours , $ t r a r v . Au-demeurant,as for the rest. Au-prea!ablc, previously. 7^ \ ' ! as for the rest. Ue-reste, \ Bord-d-bord, alongside, even with. Beut-d-bout. tacked together. Bref, En-abrcge, briefly, in short. APPENDIX. 231 up hill, up the Ci-dessus, aforesaid, Cote-d-cote, De-front, J> abreast. De-rang, Contrc-mont river. D'avance. ) , ,. * , P- > beforehand. ar-avance, ) D'autrepart, on the other hand. D'emblee, at the first onset. D' entree, at first. • De-fond-en-comble, to the very ground. De-la-meme-maniere, in the same manner. [sides. De-part-et-d! autre, on both De-proclie-en-proche, close af- ter one another. ^ , ' f orderly, with or- En-orare, > j • j D 7 I der, in order. Par-ordre, J De-suite, in succession. Du-petit-au-grand, one with another. Du-premier-coup , at the first. Encore-un-coup , once more. En-dernier-lieu, in the last place. [instance. En-dernier-res sort, in the last En-fin, at length. En-petit, in short. En-premier -lieu, &c, in the first place. En-rond, in a ring. Entre-ci-et-ld, between this and that. Et-le-reste, et caetera, or &lc. Face-d-face, \ Nez-d-nez, > face to face. Tete-d-tete, ) Feuille-d-feuille, leaf by leaf. File-d-la-file, file after file. Goutte-d-goutte, drop by drop. IJun-apres-V autre, one after the other. Par-tete, man by man. Plus-avant, further. Pour-conclusion, to conclude. Premierement, &c, firstly. Puis, then, afterwards. Tete-pour-tete, one for the other. Tour-d-tour, by turns. 5th. Adverbs of Contusion. Ab-hoc-ct-ab-hac, at random. A-depechc-compagnon, with- out quarter. A-V abandon, in confusion. A-la-debandade, helter-skel- ter, [ed. A-plate- couture, utterly rout- A-rebours, the wrong way. A-vau-de-route, in disorder. Pele-mele, pell-mell. [vy. Sens-dessus-dessous , topsy-tur- Sens-devant-derriere, the cart before the horse, prepos- terously. Tout-rebours, all the wrong way. 6th. Adverbs of Rashness. A-la-chaudc, in the A-boulc-vue, rashly. A-corps-perdu, desperately. A-coup-perdu, at random. heat of passion. [head. A-la-desesperadc, hand over 232 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. A-la-legere, inconsiderately. A-Vavcnture, at a venture. A-la-volee, inconsiderately. A-Vetourdie, heedlessly. k-t or t-et-d-tr avers , at random. A-t out-has ard, at all events. Au-hasard, at random. Nonchalamment, carelessly. Tete-baissee, headlong. Tout-au-rien, neck or nothing. 7th. Adverbs of Haste. Subitcmcnt, \ suddenly, Tout-d-coup, > all of a Tout-d' un-coup , J sudden. A-la-hdte, in a hurry. Allegro (in music), briskly, quickly. A-tire-d'aile, very swiftly. A-toute-bride, full speed. A-travers-les-choux, inconsid- erately, [ble. Au-plus-fort , as fast as possi- Au-plus-vite, ) with all En-toute-diligence, ) speed. D'ardeur, eagerly. En-courant, ) • , ^ 7-7- } in haste. En-diligence, ) En-pantenne, in a hurry. Ex-abrupto, out of hand. Promptement, quickly. ViUment,} ( V lick > hT ' lskl y- 8th. Adverbs of Moderation. Largo° } ( in music )> slowl y- A-Vetroit, sparingly. A-longuc-main, by gentle means. Andante (in music), gently. A-petit-bruit, gently. Au-fur-et-d- } mesure, f , , Petit-d-pctit, \ ^ de S rees - Peu-d-peu, / La-la, come softly. Par-fois, now and then. Pas-d-pas, slowly, step by step. Piano, gently, softly. Pied-a-pied, gradually. Tout-bas, softly, in a whisper. Tout-beau, ) Tout-bellemcnt , f softlv, Tout-douccment, ( gently. Tout-dour, ) 9th. Adverbs of Difficulty. A-rontrc-coeur, against one's will. A-contrb-gri. \ A-r r l,ro,L- t ,oil, J*** gram. A-ror-< t-d-rri y by hue and crv. A-fortc-ouvcrt, \ by main Di-hdutt-hittc, J force. A-grand-pcine, with much ado. A-peine, with difficulty. A»regret 9 against one's con- sent, [might. A-tour-dr-bras, with all one's A-tout-rcstv, with might and main. APPENDIX. 233 Au-defaut, for want of. Bon-gre-mal-gre, whether one will or not. [will. Contre-mon-gre, against my Contre-vcnt-et-maree, against wind and tide, [deal with. De-difficile- convention, hard to De-force, I b force _ Jfar-jorce, ) J De-vive-force, with main strength. En-clef aut, at fault. Mal-aisement, with much ado. ] Odi. Adverbs A-la-fois, at once. A-la-foule, ) . , j^ x j ' > in a crowd. En-joule, ) A- plate- couture, totally, ut- v ter1 ^ A-pur-et-d-plein, entirely. De-tout-blanc, totally. De-toutes-manieres , all ways. En-general, in general. En-gros, by wholesale. Ensemble, together. of Collection. Tout, quite. Tout-d-fait, wholly, entirely De-plein-saut, Tout-d' un-saut , Tout-cVune-tirade Tout-d'une-tire, Tout-d'un-train, Tout-d-la-fois , all together. Tout-de-suite, in one breath Tout-en-gros, in all. Y-cornpris, inclusive. all at a stretch, all at once. 11th. Adverbs of Separation. A-cela-pres, that excepted. A-la-reserve, except. A-Vecart, out of the way, on one side. A-V exclusion , excluded. A-part, by one's self, apart. A-quartier, aside. Arrierc, away, avaunt. En-detail, by retail. En-partie, partly, in part. Excepte, \ Ote, > save, except. Sin on, ) Sur-et-tant-moins, in part, on account. Tant-soit-peu, ever so little. 12th. Adverbs of Quality. A-fond, thoroughly. A-merveille, ) in ; . 7 ' > extremely well. A-miracle, ) J A-peindre, excellently well. A-ravir, charmingly. Avec-clemence, clemently. Au-grand-teint, dyed in grain. 20* Au-pctit-tcint, dyed piece. Au-supreme-dcgre, highest degree. Couci-couci, ) La-la, ) Chaud, hot, warm the the so so. 234 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. D' athlete, very stout. Dc-bonnt-condition,we\\-born. JJr-bonnc-vcnte, of ready sale. Vr-srns-ixissis, with sound judgment. Entre-le-zist-et-lc-zest, indif- ferently. Fort-bien, very good. Fort-mal, very bad. Gras-d-lard, very fat. Ni-bien-ni-mal, neither good nor bad. Par-excellence, excellently. Par-malice, maliciously. Pas-trop-bon, none too good. Qui-est-de-saison, in season. Qui-n ' est-pas-de-saison, not in season. Tant-bon-que-mauvais , good and bad together. 13th A-bon-marche, ) very Au-grand-marche, } cheap. A-la-pareille, I shall be even with you. A-peu-pres, nearly, almost. Approchant, nearly. Avec-plus-de-detail, more cir- cumstantially. A-vil-prix, at a low price. Commc-cela, like this, or that. D ) autant-mieux, ) so much Tant-mieux, ) the better. D'autant-moins, so much the less. D' aut ant-plus , so much the more. Dc-bcauconp, by much. t\ i ( worse and De-mal-cn-pis, \ n . • < worse, Dc-pis-cn-pis, 1 ..„ ' r r ' \ still worse. Adverbs of Comparison. De-mieux-en-mieux, better and better. Du-petit-au-grand, to com- pare small things with great. De-plus-belle, more than ever. En-pareil-cas, in a similar case. Non-plus-ultra, the utmost. Pis-que-jamais, worse than ever. Quasi, almost. Tant-et-si-peu-que, as much and as little as. Tant-pis, so much the worse. Tant-s' en-faut-que, so far from. Tout-aussi, every whit. Tout-autant, quite as much. Trop-cher, too dear. Trop-peu, too little. 14th. Adverbs of Quantity. A-forcc-dc-plciircr, by dint of A-baugc, in plenty. A-dcmi, by halves. A-foison. ) , . r n r , • . > plentifully. A-pn nit -s-inains, ) l J A-furcc-rft-hoire, by hard drinking. [of arm. A-fori(-(l(-bras, by strength crying. A-la-tdche, by the job. [bly. A-P equipollent, proportiona- A-Pinfni, vastly. A-mi-clumin, half way. A-mi-corps, half length. APPENDIX. 335 > at the least. A-mi-jambe, to the middle of the leg. Au-moins, A-tout-le-moins , Du-moins, Pour-lc-moins, Tout-au-moins , Tout -du-moins , A-moins, for less. A-peu-de-choses-pres, al most. A-p^u-pres, nearly. A-plein, fally. A-poigaees, by handfuls. A-revcndre, enough and to spare. A-seaux, ) as hard as it can A -verse, ) pour. A-suffisance, sufficiently. A-tout-rompre, at the utmost. A-vide, empty. Aii-plus, ) Tout-au-plus, ) Au-prorata, proportion ably. Au-quadruple, four times as much. [rest. Au-surplus, moreover, for the But-d-but, even, equal. D'abondant, over and above. B'avantagc, more. De-plus, over and above. De-plus -en-plus, more and more. De-point-en-point, to the full. Dt-reste, more than enough. En-abondance, in plenty. En-bloc-et-cn-tdche, by the lump. at most. En-grand, at full length. En-grand-nombre, in great numbers. [quantity. En-grand-quantite, in great En-peu-de-mots , briefly. Fait-d-fait, in proportion. Force, a great many. Gratis, for nothing. Haie-au-bout, something to boot. H-y-a-plus , more than that. Le-moins-du-monde, ever so little. [nor less. Ni-plus-ni-moins , neither more Non-pair, odd. Par-dessus-le-marche, to boot, into the bargain. Pas-beaucoup, not much. Peu-s'en-faut, there wants but little. Pour-moins, for less. Qui-plus-qui-moins , some more, some less. Si-peu-que-rien, very little. Tant-d-tant, even (at cards, &c.) Tant-par-tete, so much a- piece. [empty. Tant-plein-que-vide, full or Tant-plus-que-moins, there- about. Tant-soit-peu, ever so little. Tout-au-plus, at the most. Trop-est-trop, too much of one thinor i s good for noth- 15th. Adverbs of Number. Par-centaines^ A-milliers, by millions, pro- fusely. rmes, > in great ntaines, J numbers. Bien-de-fois, very often. Cent-mille-fois , innumerable times. Mille-fois, very often. 236 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Numtriquement , in exact number. Par-fois, at times. Plusicurs-fois, several times. Tant-de-fois, so many times. Trois-fois, thrice. Vingt-fois, twenty times. Une-fois, &c., once. 16th. Adverbs of Affirmation. in A-bon-cscient, willingly, good earnest. Absolument, by all means. Absolumcnt-parlant, in the main. A-ce-compte-ld, it being so. A-coup-sur, ) , . . t P r « ' > most certainly. our-sur, ) J A-dire-vrai, ) to speak A-nc-point-mentir, J the truth. A-la-bonne-foi , ) honestly, En-bonne-foi, J truly. A-la-bonne-heure, well and good. -d-/'av«race, already. A-la-verite, it is true, indeed. J-propos, now I think of it. A-pur-et-d-plein , to all intents and purposes. A-savoir, that is to say. Assertivemcnt, affirmatively. A-tous-egards, to all intents and purposes. [vents. •toi/t-evenement, at all e- ■toitte-force, by all means. Au-fond, in reality, in the main. [so. A uyuste, the lowest price, just A itssi-fot-dit-ai/ssi-tdt-fait, no sooner said than done. At/-rrm\ truly, for certain. fo-tra, that will do. ( 1 ertainement J certainly. Certes, to be sure, truly. D' accord, agreed. [ing?y< l)<-honnc-volontc , very will- De-fait, in reality. ;! De-fait-et-de-fait, indeed and in truth. De-point-en-point , completely. De-tovt-blanc, totally. En-conscience, conscientious- ly, indeed. En-effet, really, in fact. En-Ji lagrant-delit , in the act. En-liomme-de-bonne-foi, as an honest man. En-verite, in truth. Immanquable- \ ment, > infallibly. Infailliblement , j [ly. Incontestablement, undoubted- Indubitablement, indubitably. Le-voild, there he is. Memement, likewise. [ly. Nommemcnt, namely, especi a l- Notamment, particularly, e- specially. Oui-dd, ay, ay marry. Oui-en-verite, ) yes, indeed ; Oifi-r raiment, ) yes, truly. Par-consequent, consequently. Qui-pis-rst, what is worse. Si, ) Si-fait, F es - Soit, let it be so, I agree to it. Tope, done, agreed. Toitt-d-fait, quite, entirely. Tout-courant, readily. Toui-roule-ld-dessus, that is the main point. Voild-Vitem, that is the main point. Volontiers, willingly. APPENDIX. 237 17th. Adverbs of Negation. by no m no wise. En-aucune-fagon, means. En-nulle-maniere, ) Nullement, j SRe, \ Nenni, \ not. Nenni-pas, ) Nenni-dd, no indeed. Ne Jamais, never, [nor wrong. Ni-bien-ni-mal, neither right Ni-moi-non-plus, nor I nei- ther. Non-seulement, not only. Nulle-part, no where. Pas-tant-que-de-merveille, not over much. Pas-trop-bon, none too good. Point-de-tout, not at all. Rien-moins, nothing less. 18tb. Adverbs of Doubt. Ce!a-se-peut } that may be. En-aucune-fagon-que-ce-soit, however it may be. Le-cas-avenant, in case it happens. Par-hasard, by chance. Peut-etre, perhaps. Si-jamais, if ever. Si-le-cas-y-echet, if there be occasion. Si-tant-est-que, if so be that. 19th. Adverbs A-moins-de-cela, otherwise. A-plus-forte-raison, much more, much less. Avant-toutes-c hoses, before all things. Bien-loti ! a fine choice truly ! of Choice, D aid ant-mi eux , so much the rather. D'aut ant-plus, so much the more. [ever. Plus-que-jamais, more than Sur-tout, above all. 20th. Adverbs of Interrogation. A-cPautres 1 do you take me! La-oil 1 where ? when ? | Pair-ou-non ? even or odd ? I Par-oil ? which way ? P ar-quel-endroit ? through what place ? Pourquoi-non ? why not ? Que ? how much ? Qui-va-ld ? Qui-vive ? for a fool? A-quoi-bon ? to Combien-de-fois 1 Depuis-quand 1 since ? De-quel-cndroit ? Jusqucs-a-quand ? how long 1 Jusqu'ou ? how far ? [pose ? what pur- how often ? how long [whence ? from }. ;ho is there ? 238 FRENCH ACCIDENCE- PREPOSITIONS. In the following list, both simple and compound prepo- sitions are included, that the pupil may see what case they govern. To determine whether the first class govern the genitive or ablative, see if the noun which precedes de be- longs, in any sense, to the noun which follows it in the sen- tence. Thus, in La maison de mon pere, the house of my father, maison belongs to per e, and pere is in the genitive case. In Autour de sa personne, about his person, lour is a noun belonging in some sense to personne. The author always teaches his pupils to resolve compound words, of all sorts, into their elements ; but when teachers do not so, it will be better to consider those only in the genitive which can be rendered by the English possessive case ; thus, in the first example given above, La maison de mon pere, my father's house. 1st. Prepositions governing the Genitive or Ablative. A la faveur de, by means of. A rinsu de, without the knowledge of, unknown to. De, of, from, by, with, (and, before an infinitive mode,) to. Autour de, about, round. A cause de, because of, on ac- count of. A cause de vous, de lui, d'elle, de nous, &x., on your, his, her, our, &,c, account. A cote de, aside, by. A convert de, free, secure, or screened from. A fieur de, close to, even with. A mains de, under. A force de, by dint of. 4 rais&n de, at the rate of. tabri de, at the rate of. Tigal de 9 in comparison of. A tigard dc, with regard to, with respect to, as to, con- cerning. i la maniere de, la mode de, A V opposite de, in or after the man- ner or fashion of. over orainst. ' > on this side. Vis a vis de, Au defd de, En deed de, Au dcld de, on that side, the other side. Au dehors de, out, without. Au dessus dc, above, over, upon. [beneath. An dessous dc, under, below, An decant dc, before. {Alter au (levant de, to go to meet.) [back part of. Au derricrc dc, behind, at the APPENDIX. 239 Au dedans de, in, within. Au lieu de, instead of. [of. Au milieu de, in the middle A ., ( in com- Au pnx de, \ ^ r * -, j < parison Jbn cornparaison de, j r . , Aux environs de, about, round about. En suite de, after. Faute de, for want of. [off. A la hauteur de (sea term), near. Hors de, out of. Le long de, along. Loin de, far from. Pres or proche de, ) Aupres de, ) Pour V amour de moi, de lui, dlelle, de vous, &c, for my sake, for his, her, your sake, &lc. [by. Tout aupres de, close, hard A Vepreuve de, proof against. 2d. Prepositions governing the Dative A, to, at. [pursuant. Conformement, according, Jusqu'd, ) till, until, even Jusques a, / to, as far as, to. Par rapport a, with respect to, on account of. Quant a, as for, as to. 3d. Prepositions governing the Accusative. Apres, after. D'apres, after, according to. Avant, before. Avec, with. A travers, across, through. Chez, in, to, at, among. Chez moi, chez toi, chez lui, chez elle, chez nous, &,c, at or to my, thy, his, her our, &,c, house. Contre, against. Dans, in, into, within. Depuis, since, from. Derriere, behind. Des, from. Devant, before. De dessus, from the top. De des sous, from under, from beneath. Durant, during. En, in, into, like, as a, at. Entre, between. Envers, towards, with regard to. Environ, about. Excepte, } Hors, > except, but, save. Hormis, ) Moyennant, for, provided. Nonobstant, ) notwithstand- Malgre, ) ing, in spite of. Outre, beside. Par, by, through. Par depd, on this side. Par deld, on that side. Par derriere, behind. Par dessus, above, over. Par dessous, under, below. Parmi, among. Pendant, during, for. Pour, for, (and, before an in- finitive,) to. Sans, without. Sauf, saving, but, without. 240 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* Scion, ) ,. c , . ' > according to. Suivant, ) te Sous, under. Sur, upon, about. Touchant, concerning, about. Vers, towards, to. CONJUNCTIONS. The following list contains the simple as well as the com- pound conjunctions, arranged in three classes, that the pupil may see what mode of the verb usually follows them : — 1st. Conjunctions which require the Infinitive Mode after them. Afin de, in order to. A moins de, or ) , \ . ' 7 > unless. A moins que de, ) Avant de, or ) Avant que de* ) Au lieu de, instead of. De craintc de, or ) c r c r> n ' } for fear of. JJe pair de, ) before. Excepte de, except to. Faute de, for want of. Jusqu'd, to that degree that, till. Loin de, far from. Plutot que de, rather than. 2d. Conjunctions which require the Indicative Mode after them. A insi que, as. Taut ainsi que, just as. Apris que, after that, after. A cause que, ) x 7> ■ ' > because. Jrarce que, ) A ce que, according as or to. A condition que, on or upon condition that. [as, as. A mesure que, in proportion Au Urn f/itr, whereas. J)h k moment que, the mo- ment that. as soon as. Aussi long terns que, as long as. Aussi loin que, as far as. Aussitot que, D'abord que, Des que, Si tot que, Attendu que, considering that, seeing that. Com me, or ) En tant que, j * This is now little used. APPENDIX. 241 I in such a manner that, so that, so. Defagon que, De maniere que De sorte que, Si bien que, Trllrment que, Depuis que, ever since, since. Puisque, since. Dz me me que, even as. D'ou vient que, how comes it to pass that, why. Lersque, I ^ ' Qurrnd, ) Mm$, bat. Quire que, beside that. A peine — que, hardly or scarcely — but or when. Pendant que, ) ,-, rjy ,. * / while. 1 anais que, I Petit etre, perhaps. /. 7 ' „ } though. Quand me me, ) a Scion que, ) ,. c « . 2 . > according as. ibutvanl que, ) s Tant que, as long as. Que — le — ne, than, only. A ut ant que, as much as. J}' a ut ant que, whereas, for so much as, since. D^autant plus que, so much the more, or the more, — as. Tout que, for all that. Tout«fois, yet, nevertheless. Toutes lesfois que, every tune, as often as, whenever. Si hah que, except that. Si, if, in case, whether. 3d. Conjunctions which require the Subjunctive Mode after them. Pour n que, j ur que, \ that, in order that, to the end that. Avant que* before. Au or en cas que, in case that, if, suppose that. A nioins que,* ) Ezdepte que, f unless, ex- Si ce n'est que, C cept. Que — ne, ) JMen que, \ though, al- Encore que, > though, for Quoique, ) all that, as. De crainte que* ) lest, for J)e peur que, ) fear. Dieu veuille que, God grant. Piaise or plut a Dim que, please God, or would to God. [forbid. A Dieu ne pla'se que, God Ho rm is que, I save that, nn- Hors que, j less, except. Jusqu'd ce que* till, until. Loin que, far from. ir . ( save that, Moyennant que, J 'A A Pourvu que, i S. Nohobstant que, notwith- standing that. Pour pen que, how little so- ever, however little. Sans que, without that. * These conjunctions require the negation ne before the verbs fol- lowing them : Ex. A moins qu'*7 nn lefasse, Unless he does it De crainte, or de peur quit's ne clcuncnt, For fear or lest they come 21 242 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 8oit que, whether, — or. Supposons que, suppose, let us suppose that. Tant s'enfaut queje, I am so far from. Tant s' enfant quHl or elle, he or she is so far from. Tant s'tn faut que nous or vous, we or you are so far from. LIST OF PHRASES IN WHICH THE NOUN FOLLOWS THE VERB WITHOUT AL- LOWING ANY ARTICLE BETWEEN THEM. This list, also, the pupil should learn as a substitute for miscellaneous phrases. Acheter chat en poche, to buy a pig in a poke. Ajonterfoi, to give credit, to believe. [dently. Aller pie a pie, to act pru- Aller vent large, to sail with a fresh wind. Aller terre a tcrre, to coast, to sail along shore. Avoir acces, to have free ac- cess to. Avoir affaire, to have to do, to have business with. Avoir appvtit, to have an ap- petite. Avoir attention, to attend. Avoir avis, to have notice. Avoir beau, to try in vain. Avoir bran roitrir, to run in vain. [in vain. a 1 voir (xau travaillcr, to work Avoir bee tt onglvs, to be sharp, to know how to defend one's self. Amir besoin, to have need of. Avoir bon appetit, to have a good appetite. Avoir bon bee, to be a prat- tler, to speak well. Avoir bon visage, to look over. Avoir carte blanche, to have full power. Avoir chaud, to be hot or warm. Avoir compassion, to compas- sionate, to commiserate. Avoir confiance, to repose confidence in. Avoir connoissancc, to have knowledge of. Avoir cours, to be in fashion. Avoir coutume, to be in the habit of. Avoir dessein, to have a de- sign, to intend. Avoir droit, to have a right. Avoir egard, to pay attention to, to take into considera- tion, to have respect for. APPENDIX. 243 Avoir envie, to have a mind, to have a fancy for. Avoir esperance, to have hope. Avoir f aim, to be hungry. Avoir froid, to be cold. Avoir gain de cause, to carry the cause. Avoir grand appetit, to have a good appetite. Avoir grand 1 f aim, to be very hungry. [thirsty. Avoir grand? soif, to be very Avoir grand? soin, to have special care. Avoir grand? tort, to be very much in the wrong. Avoir honte, to be ashamed. Avoir horreur, to shudder with horror. Avoir justice, to have justice. Avoir lieu, to have room, to take place. Avoir mal au bras, to have a pain in one's arm. Avoir mal au cote, to have a pain in one's side. Avoir mal aux dents, to have the tooth-ache. Avoir mal a Tepaule, to have a pain in one's shoulder. Avoir mal au nez, to have a sore nose. Avoir mal a Voreille, to have the ear-ache. Avoir mal aux pieds, to have sore feet. Avoir mal a la tete, to have the headache. Avoir mal au ventre, to have the bellyache. Avoir mal aux yeux, to have sore eyes. [jealous. Avoir martel en tete, to be Avoir obligation, to be obli- gated, [opportunity. Avoir occasion, to have an Avoir ordre, to have orders. Avoir part, to have a share, to be concerned in. Avoir patience, to have pa- tience, [fear Avoir peur, to be afraid, to Avoir permission, to have leave. [to pity. Avoir pitie, to have pity on, Avoir plein pouvoir, to have full power. Avoir pratique, to have cus- tom, to have free inter- course with the natives, to have practice. Avoir querelle, to have a quarrel. Avoir raison, to be in the right. Avoir rapport, to have rela- tion to. Avoir soif, to be thirsty. Avoir soin, to take care, to look to. Avoir sujet, to have reason. Avoir tort, to be in the wrong. Avoir tout pouvoir, to be at full liberty. Avoir vent arriere, to have the wind aft. Avoir vent debout, to have the wind right ahead. Avoir vent et marec, to sail with wind and tide. Avoir vingt ans, to be twenty years old. Battre monnoie, to coin. Boire sonneur, to drink hard. Brusquer fortune, to be a for- tune-hunter. 244 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Chanter pontiles, Chanter go- to call names, to abuse, to rail with foul gtattes, ) language. Chanter matines, to sing mat- ins. Chanter vepres, to sing ves- pers. Chereher chicane, to cavil. Chereher fortune, to seek one's fortune. Chereher qmretk, to pick a quarrel. Chereher malheur, to seek misfortune, to seek misery. Chereher midi a quatorze heures, to seek a knot in a bulrush. [quarrel. Chereher noise, to pick a Corriger magnificat a ma- tines, to blame without reason. Con per cours, to stop the course. Courir meme bora 7 , to stand on the same tack. Courir risque, to run the risque. [for help. Crier misericorde, to cry out Crier vengeance, to call for revenge. [audience. Demander audience, to ask an Demander avis, to ask advice. Demander caution, to ask se- curity, to ask bail. Demander eompte, to require an account. [vice. Demander conseii, to ask ad- Demander grdce, to ask par- don, [justice. Demander justice, to seek for Demander pardon, to beg par- don. Demander quartier, to beg quarter. Demaneler raison, ^ to de- Demander seitis- > mandsat- f action, ) isfaction. Demcurer con f us, to be a- bashed. Denaturer son bien, to con- vert one's estate into mon- ey. _ Devenir gros monsieur, to be- come a great man. Dire matines, to say matins. Dire vepres, to say vespers. Donner atteinte, to strike at. Donner audience, to give au- dience. Donner avis, to give advice, to let one know. Donner beau j en, to give fair play. [battle. Donner bataillc, to fight the Donner cai~riere a son esprit, to give one's wit full scope. Donner caution, to give bail. Donner conge, to give leave, to give a holiday. Donner carte blanche, to give full power and liberty. Donner charge, to charge one. Donner conseil, to give advice. Donner courage, to encourage. Donner cours, to bring a thing into fashion. Donnir aide, to remind, to set one agog. [ample. Donner example, to set an c\- Donncr fond, to cast anchor. Donner gain de cause, to yield. Donner Inure, to appoint an hour. Donner jour, to fix a day. APPENDIX. 245 Donncr legon, to give a lesson. Donner lieu, to give room. Donner occasion, to give an opportunity. Donner ordre, to give orders. Donner parole, to give the word. [thing to one. Donncr part, to impart a Donner permission, to give permission." Donner plein pouvoir, to give full power. Donner pouvoir, to authorize, to empower. [advantage. Donner prise, to give one an Donner qu artier, to give quar- ter. Donner quittance, to write a receipt, to give a discharge. Donner ?*aison, to give a rea- son. Donner rendez-vous, to ap- point a place of meeting, to make an assignation. Donner sujet, to give occa- sion, [full power. Donner tout pouvoir, to give Donner tete baissee, to run blindfold. Donner vent, to give vent. Donner vent devant, to bring the wind ahead. to be ac- quainted with the jest. Entendre raillerie, to take a joke well. Entendre raison, to listen to reason. [pers. Entendre vepres, to be at ves- Faire abjuration, to abjure, to recant. 21* Entendre finesse, Entendre malice, Faire abstinence, to fast. Faire affaire, to make an end of a business. Faire affront, to affront. Faire alliance, to make an alliance. Faire halte, to halt. Faire aiguade, to take in fresh water. Faire amas, to heap up. Faire amitie, to show kind- ness to one. Faire argent, to raise money. Faire arret, to arrest one. Faire arriere, to fall astern. Faire attention, to pay atten- tion to. [a bankrupt. Faire banqueroute, to become Faire binet, to make use of a save-all. Faire bon menage, to live well together. Faire bonne mine, to put a good face on the matter. Faire bon compte,to sell cheap. Faire bon visage, to look pleasantly upon one. Faire breche, to cut {a pie). Faire bombance, to feed lux- uriously. Faire bonne cherc, to live well. Faire bonne vie, to lead a merry life. Faire bourse communr, to live in common. Faire car erne, to keep Lent. Faire cas de, to value. Faire commerce, to trade, to deal. [compassion. Faire compassion, to raise Faire cqmpte, to assure one's self. [secret with one. Faire confidence, to trust a 246 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Faire conscience, to scruple. Faire corps neuf, to recover from a distemper. Faire credit de la main a la bouche, to trust no farther than one can see. Faire depit, to vex, to spite. Faire deshonneur, to disgrace. Faire difficulty, to start scru- ples. Faire eau, to leak. Faire eclat, to break out. Faire effct, to operate. Faire emplette, to market. Fed re envie, to raise envy. Faire epreuve, to make a trial. Faire excuse, to beg pardon. Faire face, to face. Faire faute, to mistake. Faire faux bond, to be guilty of a slip. [pretend. Faire feinte, to dissemble, to Faire fete, to give one a kind entertainment. [&c. Faire feu, to fire a musket, Faire fleche de tout bois, to make any shift. Faire fores, to spend high, to dash. Faire foi, to prove. Faire foi ct hommagc, to do fealty. Faire fonds sur t to rely upon. Faire fortune, to make a fortune. [coldly. Faire froide mine, to receive Faire front, to face. Fain gageure i to lay a wager. Faire gitteS) to scamper away. Faire gleire, to take a pride in a thing. Faire grdce s to favor, to grant a pardon. Faire grand! chere, to spend money extravagantly in eating, &,c. Faire gras, to eat flesh. Faire grise mine, to look sour upon one. Faire honneur, to do honor. Faire honte, to shame one, to disgrace one. Faire horrcur, to strike with horror. [impression. Faire impression, to make an Faire injure, to do an injury. Faire insulte, to abuse, to in- sult, [inventory. Faire invent aire, to make an Faire joyeuse vie, to lead a merry life. Faire justice, to do justice. Faire long feu, to flash in the pan, to miss fire. Faire main basse, to put all to the sword. [gain- Faire marche, to make a bar- Faire mauvaise mine, to put a bad face on the matter. Faire mine de, to feign. Faire montre, to make a show. Faire naufrage, to suffer shipwreck. [brage. Faire ombrage, to give urn- Faire pacte, to make an a- greement. Faire parade, to make an os- tentatious show. Faire pari, to lay a wager. Faire paroli, to double the stakes. Faire part, to communicate to. Faire partie, to make a match. Faire peine, to make uneasy. APPENDIX. 247 Faire penitence, to do pen- ance. Faire peur, to affright. Faire pitie, to excite pity. Faire plaisir, to do a kind- ness, Faire place, to make room. Faire present, to make a present. Faire preuve, to make an attempt. Faire profession de la medi- cine, to practise physic. Faire provision, to lay in stores. Faire quarante milles par jour, to go forty miles a day, [ter. Faire quartier, to give quar- Faire raison, to give satisfac- tion, to pledge one. Faire reflexion, to reflect. Faire reparation, to make good a damage. Faire ressort, to react, to fly back again. Faire ripaille, to junket. Faire route, to be bound to a port. [estly. Faire satisfaction, to act hon- Faire scrupule, to be scrupu- lous. Faire semblant, to pretend. Faire sentinelle, to stand sen- try, [oath. Faire scrment, to take an Faire signe, to beckon to, to nod, to make a sign, to wink. Faire souche, to be the first great man of a family. Faire tapage, to make a racket or a clatter. Faire tort, to wrong another. Faii^e trafic, to trade, to deal. Faire treve, to make a truce. Faire trophee, to glory in a thing. Faii^e usage, to make use of. Faire vie qui dure, to live within compass. Faire vent arriere, to bring the wind aft. Faire voile, to set sail. Fausser compagnie, to with- draw from company, to take French leave. Gagner pays, to gain ground. II fait beau, it is fine. II fait beau temps, it is fair weather. II fait chaud, it is hot. II fait clair, it is broad day. H fait clair de lune, it is moonlight. Ufait crotte, it is muddy. Ilfaitfroid, it is cold. II fait jour, it is daylight. H fait mauvais temps, it is bad weather. II fait nuit, it is night. II fait obscur, it is dusk. 77 fait sale, it is dirty. II fait soleil, the sun shines. II fait sombre, it is cloudy. II fait vilain temps, it is foul weather. Jeter feu ct famines, to fret and fume. Jouer bicn son jev, to play one's part skilfully. Jouer grosjeu, to play high. Laisser parole, to leave word. Lacker prise, to let go one's hold. [shop. Lever boutique, to set up a 248 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Lever cabaret, to set up an alehouse. Lever menage, to begin house- keeping. Lier amitie, to form a friend- ship. L'u r commerce, to establish a correspondence. Lier partie, to form a party. Livrcr bataille, to join battle. Mener grand bruit, to keep up a clatter. Mcttrc has, to bring forth. Mettre Jin, to put an end to. Mettre ordre a ses affaires, to settle one's self. Mettre pied a terre, to alight. Obtenir permission, to obtain leave. [English. Parler Anglois, to speak Parler Latin, to speak Latin. Parler raison, to speak rea- sonably. Parler sens commun, to talk common sense. Passer carrierc, to take a final resolution. Passer condemnation, to con- fess one's self in the wrong. Passer maitre, to be made a freeman, to dine without waiting for any one. Payer ric a ric, to pay to the last farthing. Pcrdre courage, to be dis- couraged. Perdre jond, to drag the an- chors. Perdre patience, to lose pa- tience. Perdre pied, to lose foothold. Pcrdre terre, to go out of one's depth. Plier bagage, to pack up and be off. [luck. Porter bonheur, to bring good Porter compassion, to pity. Porter coup, to strike home. Porter envic, to bear envy. Porter guignon, to bring bad luck. Porter lionneur, to honor. Porter malheur, to bring ill luck. [diced. Porter prejudice, to be preju- Porter respect, to respect. Porter temoignage, to bear witness. Pousser mille cris, to rend the air with shrieks. Precher miser e, to complain that times are bad. Prendre aire, to get under weigh. Prendre avantage, to take advantage of. Prendre avis, to take advice. Prendre bicn son temps, to nick the time. Prendre chair, to grow fat. Prendre conjiancc, to con- fide in. Prendre conge, to take leave. Prendre connoissancc, to take notice, to inform one's self Prendre Conseil, to take ad- vice, [be brown. Prendre eouleur, to begin to Prendre courage, to cheer up. Prendre cours, to be in fash- ion. Prendre cramplc sitr quel- qu-Un, to take example by one. Prendre fareur, to ;5. The verba printed in Italic type not only require de before the infinitirt, hut before the following noun, if there be no infinitive APPENDIX. 251 abuser se desaccoutumer s 'impatient er presumer s'abstenir desesperer sHndigner professer s' accommodcr se deshabituer s* informer profit er s'acquitter se desister s'ingerer promettre affliger determiner s'inquieter proposer s'affliger dire inspirer se rebut er s f appercevoir disconvenir jouir recom mander apprehender dispenser jurer redouter s'approcher divertir justifier refuser approuver ecrire se lasser rejouir arreter, edifier louer se rejouir attendrir s'efforcer mander remercier attrister effrayer manquer se repentir s'attrister s' emanciper medire reprendre avertir embarrasser mediter repr imander s'aviser s'emparer se mefier reprocher blamer empecher se meter resoudre censurer s'empecher menacer se ressouvenir cesser s'empresser meriter retenir chagriner enjoindre se moquer se retenir se chagriner s'ennuyer negliger se retracter charger s' enorgueillir notifier se rire se charger enrager offrir se saisir choisir entreprendre omettre scandaliser commander epouvanter ordonner se scandaliser conclure essayer oublier se servir conjurer s'etonner pardonner sommer conseiller excuser parler se soucier se consoler exempter permettre soupyonner contraindre exiger persuader suffire convaincre feindre pester suggerer convenir finir se piquer supplier craindre se flatter plaindre surprendre decharger se g order se plaindre susciter decourager gener plaire tdcher defendre gronder precipiter tromper se defter hair se precipiter troubler degouter se hater prescrire user se demettre hesiter presser se vantcr se depecher FRENCH ACCIB-E-NCE. II. The following verbs require the preposition a before the following infinitive mode; and such as are printed in Italic type, require a before the following noun also. Most of the infinitives which follow these verbs may be translated by the English present participle ; thus, Aidez-moi a faire cela, Help me to do that, or, in doing that. s 1 abandonncr eondescendre exercer penser about ir consister exhorter perdre s' 'act "out timer eonirevenir s' expos er persisted admettre contribuer sejicr se plaire s'adonner convier habituer porter adherer demeurer s'habi titer pour voir* aider* de pled re inciter pousser aimer de sob sir incliner preceder applauder destiner in suiter presenter s r appliquer determiner inviter pretendre apprendre disposer jouer (to game) renoncer appreter donner se mettre resistcr s'appreier dresser montrer ressemblcr s'arreter eclairer nuire r ester assigner encourager obeir satisfaire* s' attacker s'endureir obvier subvenir s'atteridre engager s'obstiner survivrc autoriser s'en'gageir s'occuper tendre chercher enhardir s y opinidtrer travailler com pat ir enseigner s'opposer riser condamner exciter parvettir * Aider and poufvoir take either the dative or accusative of pro- nouns; as,. uidez-le or (lidez-Jui. Satlsfaire requires the accusative of pera pa, and the dative dessein Avoir droit ienvie lieu I occasion , permission Avoir L raison ; soin J sujet ( tort 2. The following nouns require de before the infinitive : — adresse action ambition amitie amour ardcur arrogance art artifice assurance attente attention audace autorite av ant age avidite avis bonheur bonte chagrin choix co3ur commodite confusion conseil Constance contrainte courage curiosite danger depit deplaisir desrspoir desir durete effronterie APPENDIX. 255 embarras hardiesse mal-adresse plaisir envie hasard malheur pourvoir esperance honnetete malice precaution espoir esprit faciiite honte imprudence impudence maniere mortification motif presomption puissance rage facon faveur impuissance incommodite moyen nature risque ruse fermete fierte inquietude insolence necessite obligation sagesse satisfaction force intention ordre scandale front jugement orgueil souci fureur gloire grace justice liberte maitre passion patience peine temerite vanite volonte habitude And, for a general rule, all nouns that do not imply in- clination or disinclination, aptness, fitness, or unfitness, require de before the infinitive that follows them. 256 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, ELEMENTS FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. Letters. The French letters are the same as the English, except that they have no w. The division into vowels and consonants is the same. The names of the letters are as follows ; but the pupil must be careful to recollect that, in French, as in English, the name of the letter is a different thing from its sound. A, ah. H, hahsh. N, na. T, ta. B, ba. I, e. o, o. u, * C, sa, or ka. J, zha. P, pa. V, va. D, da. K, ka. a, # x, eex. E, a. L, la. R, ra. Y, e Greek. F, fa. M, ma. s, sa, or za. z, za. G, zha, or ga. Accents. (/ ) The acute accent is placed over the vowel e, to show that it is not silent, and to give it a short and quick sound, like e in the English word end; thus, verite. ( \ ) The grave accent is placed over e, to give it a sound like that of the first e in our word there, which is the same as that of a in base, and of ai in pair. When the grave accent is placed over a or u, it affects the meaning of the word, but not its pronunciation , thus, la menus the or her, but Id means there; ou means or, but ou means where. * The name of Q may bo found by endeavoring' to pronounce the English name cur, with t\w lips contracted and protruded as we place them tn whistling. Pronounce U in the same manner. APPENDIX. 257 ( A ) The circumflex is placed over words in which some letter of the ancient orthography has been omitted ; and, in such cases, it always lengthens the vowel over which it is placed. ( ? ) The elision marks the cutting ofT of an a or e ; as, Vidiome, for le idiome; Videe, for la idee ; Tame, for la dme ; s'imaginer, for se imaginer ; s'il, for si il ; qu'il, for que il; rfaime, for ne aime; V honor er, for te honorer, &c. (♦ •) The diaeresis, placed over a vowel, shows that it be- gins a syllable, and is not sounded with the vowel before it ; thus, hair, pronounced ha-ir. ( C ) The cedilla is placed under c to show that it is to be sounded like s, and not like k. Vowels. The vowels in French, as in English, have their long and short sounds. A, long, is sounded ah. A, short, sounds like a in bat. E, unaccented, is pronounced nearly like the French «. The lips should be contracted in the same manner, but not so closely, and the sound should be less full and strong.* 6, with the acute accent, is sounded like our a in the word base. E, with the grave accent, is sounded like the first e in our Word there. E, with the circumflex, is the same as e grave, only it is a little longer and broader. The sound is produced by opening the mouth a little more than in pronouncing e grave. I is pronounced like our letter e ; in some words being long, like ie in field, and in others short, like i in fig. * In the United States, e mute is generally pronounced like ur in the English word fur, and the same fault prevails in many parts of France. The true sound is something between uh and eu, when spoken quickly. Tardy says it resembles the e in over. 22* 25S FRENCH ACCTDENCE. O is pronounced as in English, long, as in robe, and short, as in rob. U. The sound of this letter has nothing exactly correspond- ing in English. Place the lips as if you intended to whistle, and then, keeping them so, if you attempt to pronounce English u, you will hit the French sound. The short sound is found by dwelling less upon it, and is nearly, if not exactly, the sound of unac- cented e. Y. In the middle of words, y is sounded like two French fs, or like two English e's, belonging to different syl- lables. In other situations, it is usually pronounced like a single e. Consonants. Most of the consonants are pronounced as in English. The exceptions only will be noticed. C, before e, i, and y, is pronounced like 5, as in English ; but before a, o, and u, it is pronounced like Jc, unless the cedilla (p) is placed under it to give it the sound of 5. G, before e, i y and y, is pronounced soft, like z in azure; but before a, o, and u, it is sounded hard, Iikeg* in go. J is always like z in azure, and exactly like the French soft g. Q, is usually followed by w, and qu are pronounced like Jc. R is rolled more than in English, as in the er of our word error. Between two vowels, it is pronounced more smoothly, as we pronounce r in the word are. S, between two vowels, is always sounded like z ; but, in all other cases, like our s. CII are usually sounded like sh. GN are liquid, and, in dividing a word into syllables, gn must not be separated. The gn are sounded like n and if in English, so that vi-gnette is pronounced vin-ytt. LL are liquid when preceded by at, ct, oui, and sometimes by single i. When ill are preceded by a vowel, the APPENDIX. 259 t is not sounded, and does not affect the sound of the vowel before it. It is a mere sign that the IV s are liquid. Thus, in pronouncing Jille, the i is sounded, because not preceded by a vowel, and the two /'s are sounded like gl in seraglio. But, in faillir, the i is not sounded, and the vowel a, before it, retains its single sound of ah, and the word is pronounced, as nearly as it can be indicated in English, fahlyeer. It should be remarked that, in such cases, the French sometimes pronounce the words as if there were no I in them — in fact, as if a y were put instead of ill, so that fcdlUr would be nronounced fahyeer. Lessons for Practice upon the Simple Vowels. a 1 u o i e y e u e a e A e u e i e y i A e a e e a y i II. ta le te le ty lo le ti tu le lu ta te iy te li te le ty te III. iy le la tu tc lu ti le to ty le to te la te le ne ni ne na ne ny A ne nu no mo te mu ma me le my ti me na ma le me mo mi te me nu la ne mi mo te nu no la lu ti IV. me ne ty tu ne lu la le fe fo j'y fe j a fe j'i fa fe J e fu 260 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. fi le J e tu fe ni j°. me la ty fe j'y na mi fe mi jo te fu le J a ne fo ma j e ti fe lu ji mo fi ne ja tu ne mo V. vy ve va ve vu ve VI ve vo ro re ri re ru re ra re r y re te ve le ri my vu no ra fe vo i? re ta ve iy ru ni ve me ri fa ve J u a re ti va le ry no va mu re ti me lu VI. pa pe pe pe pe P 1 po pu py de da de di de do dy de du be bu be by bo be bi be ba de li be ta pe ni de m'y bo fe pu J u de ro by ve Pi te du te bi me py fa de j° be ri pe vu dy no bi be to pe ti du ne ba my VII. po je di no ki ke ka ke ky ke ko ke ku zu ze zo ze ze zy za ze zi ke le zi te ko n'y ze ma ky j'y zo fa ku re za ke vo bu ti pe zu di zi nu ka le ze de ki ba zu pe ru be Pi do ve ry fa J e me VIII. no ky ze ja g e 2* CO cu ca g u g a go re ga ze cu ki be g° di ka pe X" ve ri g° J e ca fe de ga tu cu iy CO g u ne ga me cu be di £0 by ca pe to fe J a ou )e CO go do ve cu ri g u APPENDIX. 261 IX. SO se SI se sa se sy se su hu he hy he ha he hi he ho se Ga he g° si ze hu ky sa de bi CO su ve hy re so J e he fe sy ni ha mu si to ha le se po he g° ca zu ke hy do se be pu ho re su va ho fe j° sa hu ni me lo si se ha tu vu de ba Pi g a he ze X. Although, in spelling a word, the French pronounce each syllable distinctly, yet, in prose reading, and in speak- ing, the syllables ending in e, unaccented, are seldom heard. Thus, if the syllable be not the last, the word is pronounced as if the e were omitted : thus, pe-lu is pronounced plu ; me-ne, mne ; ce-la, gla or sla ; de-mi, dmi. If the sylla- ble end the word, the word is pronounced as if the last syllable belonged to the preceding : thus, da-me is pro- nounced dame ; ha-ve, have ; da-te, date, &c. For a general rule, therefore, if an unaccented e ends any syllable but the last, pronounce the consonant that precedes it, but omit the e ; and if the syllable end the word, shorten the word one syllable. To enable the pupil to do this, in the following lesson, the e that may be omitted in the first syllables is Italicized, and the hyphen is omitted in such words as may be contracted into one syllable less than the orthography indicates. bi-ne ba ve fa-ne li re pa-me he-be de-ca da te ha te pipe me me fa-me pa-ve type mu-ri pi re ra le jo-li bu-te bile pu re pe-ri ro-ti la-ma de-ja. bo-bo pipe du-ra te te pu-ni de 9a de-mi le-ve la-di pa-te de-ro-be pe-lu bu be e-te o-ca pa le a-bo-li me-ne jupe mu-ni ta-ri be te a-ra be te-nu tu be ly-re ba-ti do-do a-me re pe-le pe re ve-nu di me pa-li re-me de da me ra te vo-le ha le defi pe-ti te 262 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. me-su re pu-ni-ra dc-bu-tc-ra a-ma-zo ne a-do-ni-se rc-cu-le re-te-nu. ma-jor-i-te la-ti-tu de ba-na-li-te re-je-te ra-mc-ne e-ma-ne-ra re-si-de-ra XL Compound Vowels. The next class of sounds consists of what may be called compound vowels, because two or more vowels are united, and each loses its own peculiar sound in helping to form a new sound, different from that of either of the simple vowels. AI and EI are pronounced like e, which, it has been said, resembles the first e in there. AU and EAU are pronounced like o. EU is pronounced like unaccented e, or like e in the English word over. OU is pronounced like English oo in the word boot. OI is pronounced like the English oo-ah* Lai Soi Foi Nou Dai Vei Mou Bou Soi Tei Cau Veu Feu Neu Jau L'eau Seau Peau Beau Veau Jeu Rau Pei Bau Seu Cou Fei Mau Rei Gou Roi Rai Bai Mai Toi XII. In this lesson, the liquids ill and gn, and qu and ch y are introduced with single and compound vowel sounds. cha illot chau gneau ille chou chi illai ba gne che re gnu qui illat que illau choi gna qua ille qu'ai che gnai ba ille cha que va che gno qu'of gne illoi ga-gne * American teachers almost universally pronounce this sound as if it irere written oo-aw. t Pronounced like l-yn. l-ijah, in one syllable. \ The ( ' ) elision shows that the sound is only found, in French, APPENDIX. ^t>. que gneu chai qui soi i-gne cheu illou que gni bou-illi* XIIL The same sounds continued. che-veu rou ille ai se fi-lou veu ille cha-teau feu-ille pei gne poi-sse bou-leau ai-gu bai-gne oi-seau|| nou-veau fille bou-rrut qui tte be-deau moi-neau bai-sse chau ffe bu-reau fou ille ai-se ma-che mou sse cha-roi meu le pei-gne 17*6 tefl fau che neu ve ba ille hai ne d'ho te ba-teau dau be foi re ai ne bou che que llej bi-jou ho che va-nneau mou ille ai-ne§ jeu-di na-seau pou le jau ne pei-ne chi que fu-seau sou-ille Yheu re chau ve ai-de XIV. Exercise on 01 and ai, oy and ay. The pronunciation of oi and ai has been explained. In regard to oy and ay, the pupil must observe that, as y is equal to two i's, the first i is pronounced with o or a, form- ing the sounds oi and ai, and the second i begins the next syllable, if there be one, and is pronounced alone if no syl- lable, or none beginning with a vowel, follows it. Thus, noy-au must be pronounced nooah-yo, as if written noi-iau; and pay-san must be pronounced pa-e-zahn, as if written pai-i-zan. when c has been cut off from que, and the qu are joined to the follow- ing word. * Like bool-ye in English. t Double consonants are rarely separated, and must be pronounced as one, with the exceptions that, when the r is double, it must be rolled more than when single, and double s never has the sound of z. + E'le is never liquid. § Formerly spelled ais-n6. See remarks on the circumflex. || S between two vowels, like z, will be marked, in this lesson, with Italic letters. IT //"silent will be marked, in this lesson, by Italic type. 264 FRENCH ACCIDENXE. ray-a de-lay-e choy-e e-tay-e pay-e boy-au si-am-oi se moi-ti-e fray-a a-loy-au gloi re sou-doy-e brai re broy-e e-gay-a grai sse loy-au-te ba-lay-e croi-tre net-toy-e noy-e hoy-au fou-droy-e ai-gri roy-au me de-ploy-a ray-e a-boy-a pay-a lou-voy-a joy-eu-se blai-reau croi-si-e re XV. Diphthongs. The following sounds are called diphthongs, which means, that more than one vowel is pronounced in the same sylla- ble, and the sound of more than one vowel is distinctly heard. In this respect, they differ from the compound vow- els noticed in Lesson XI. These diphthongs are ia, ie, io r ua, ue, ui 9 and iai, iau, icu, oua, oue, oui ; and they must be spoken quickly, in one syllable. As the separate sounds have been described, it is un- necessary to describe these compounds ; but the pupil must observe that in i-ai, i-au y i-eu, ou-a, ou-e, and ou-i, but two sounds are heard — at, au, en, and ou, being simple sounds, as already explained in Lesson XL mia true dieu roui lue lieu tue pie cui joua nia fui loua tui fio fiai loue tie niai via noue tua miau dio vua piau rua soui sia rieu flue fia pui ssieu toue mie doua nui rio niai voua trie vio none miai bua miau voue mue mm roui piau bue loua noui lui XVI. (hi we pronounced like g in our word go, the u being added to harden the g. P/i is like/, as in English. Kh t f Vh. Whenever h follows r and t, in French, it is silent. pho gue pha gue the gueu gui gue-ri phe-no-me ne rhu pha-se me-ta-pho re phe gui de a-na-pho re rha pha re the-o-ri que gua the-a-tre the-o-re me rheu gue re phos-pho-re sphe-ri que 265 Nasal Vowels, Nasal vowels are vowels whose sounds are modified by the nose. They are formed by placing m or n after either of the simple or compound vowels. This m or n is not sounded, but is a mere sign of a nasal sound, and the sound is the same whether m or n be used after the vowel. A distinguished French teacher has said, " The pronun- ciation of the nasal vowels can not be described, and must be learned from the mouth of a master. In the south of France, an infinity of persons pronounce them badly, or not at all." It may be vain, therefore, to attempt to describe them here, but they are too important, and too universally pronounced wrong, to be abandoned without an effort. are pronounced exactly alike; and if the pupil will hold his nose so that no sound can pass through it, and sound our all nasally, he will obtain the French sound of an y en, &,c. 'are pronounced exactly alike; and if the pupil will hold his nose, as before direct- ed, and endeavor to pronounce our word an nasally, he will obtain the French sound desired. The vowel in this nasal sound has exactly the sound of the first e in there. ON and OM are pronounced alike; and the sound may be obtained by holding the nose, as before directed, and sounding our long o nasally. Be careful to preserve the sound of long o, for no fruit is more common with American teachers, than to preceded by i. XVII. Ian can tran fan gan ban tan tarn lam vam dam cram cam bam ven tren plen fen ten pren men Tern d'em vin trem crin sem tern lin n'em fin s'em sin prin min tim fim d'im s'im Tim n'im qu'im plain sain bain vain pain train crain fein sein pein tein rein lein strein sym tvm clym t//ym lym nym syn fyn vyn lyn ton mon son fon pi on spon gron trom torn brim foin Ion qu'un loin nom som hum join plom prum poin pom lun fiim Tun soin moin APPENDIX. 267 Nasal Diphthongs of one Syllable only. vian, fian, trian, dian. bien, tien, lien, chien, rien, sien, mien. pion, sion, nion, lion, vion. juan, buan, truan, huan, cuan, luan. juin, suin, ehuin, buin. louan, jouan, houan, nouam bouin, souin, douin. XVIIL Further Exercises on the Nasal Trowels and Diphthongs, and other Sounds previously described en-voi lam-beau en-jeu qua-train boi-sson a-fin bam-bou de-ssein lam-pion bon-te ai-glon den-te des-tin pa-lan chi-ron ^e-lan ban que di-vin man-chon bu-rin ai-rain gri-son foi-son sai-son oin dre cam-pe e-taim guim-pe ren-voi mai-son pam-pre fes-tin dau-phin mi-gnon rai-sin rom-pu ba-ron ha-illon mi-ssion vain ere am bre din-don bu-tin sa-pin quin te fein-dre in-dien ban-deau te-moin poi-son fen dre de-dain gou-dron re-frein van-te cha-grin ga-lion cha-fouin le-sion gui-gnon ba-ssin tim bre dou-blon sain-foin ma-tin ba-£llon om bre pein dre ba-ton tern pie ga-bion rem-ploi man-teau fran che blon-din fau-con a-lun main-tien cha-pon an tre XIX. Consonants at the Beginning of Syllables. The following syllables are sounded as in English : — ab, ac, ad, ag, al, ap, ar, ec, eg, el, ep, ex. ic, ig, il, ip, ix. ob, oc, og, ol, op, or. uc, ul, up. The following combinations of consonants, also, are pro- nounced as in English, whatever vowels may follow them : — 268 TRENCH ACCIDENCE. bl, cl, fl, phi, gl, pL br, cr, chr, dr, fr, phr, gr, pr, tr, vrv ps, sb, sc, sf, sph, si, sm, sp, st. scl, spl, spr, scr, sgr, str. It is unnecesary to give examples, but the fact is men- tioned, to remove any doubt in the mind of the pupil. XX. C, followed by e or i 7 is soft, like 5, as in English ; but, in every other case, c is bard, like A, unless marked with the cedilla, thus, g. G, followed by e or i, is soft, as in English, and has ex- actly the sound of French j 7 which is that of our z in azure. In all other cases, g is hard, as in our English words gate, got, gun. Whenever the French wish to soften g, before a or u r they place an unaccented e between them. Thus, the g m the verb manger is soft throughout the verb ; but, in the imperfect tense, mangois, the g would be erroneously pro- nounced hard, if they did not interpose an c, thus, mangeois. This mode of softening g is invariable ; and whenever the pupil sees e between g and a or 0, he must never sound it, but only regard it as a sign that g is to be softened. When g is to be hardened before e or /, the letter it is interposed ; thus, langue, guide ; and the pupil must con- sider the u thus interposed as a sign that g is hard, and never pronounce it. An exercise will be given upon these sounds, because, as far as the author's experience goes, it will be likely to aid the pupil in pronouncing English as well as French : — ce ca g e ga ci ce go caio g*/e CO P ce cu g« coi cau gm gir* ca gei gai geau gau CO geu gue cen can cu cu gieu coui cein Con con gta ga •ran cieu can gco g° cei cou geu gweu cia cai gin gttin scan seen cie cua gsir scor gel guv] cam cem ciau cui ger* Ir is pronounced eer in French. Er, when not at the end of a word, is pronounced like cr in our word error and never like ir in our word sir. APPENDIX * 26 gar eel GUI cieu coui g ir cer g°r eeu gui cen can gal gen gan guer gun cain cien coin geor cer goi gou guen geau Gin got cil giai seu COll scan sci SCO seen can eie goin gio geoir geul gei gel ca g a gea. gour gie guieu. gien geou gour goi geai geoi guer cour con 5 an en eeau com en-gean ce ven-gean ce ch an-gean te i as-si-e-gea rou-geo le bour-geoi se de- ■ran-gea man-j ^eoi re af-fli-gea es-tur-geon de- •gor-gea a-bre -gea frin-gwan te de-ga-gea de- ro-gea bal-an-coire Pronunciationt of Final Consonants, or Conso- nants at the End of Words, 1st. Final Consonants sounded. The first general rule is, that c, jf, 7, and r are the only consonants which are pronounced at the end of French words. The common rule for forming the plural of French nouns and adjectives, is to add s, as we do to our nouns : but the s thus added, in French, is never sounded. In the follow- ing words, therefore, the c, f, I, and r are considered as ending the word, whether it be singular or plural : — sac, sacs, lac, lacs, bac, bacs, trac. bee, bees, sec, sees, grec, grecs. as-pic, as-pics, pub-lie, pub-lies, bas-i-lic. choc, chocs, troc, trocs, soc, socs, due, dues, sue, sues, luc, stuc. chef, chefs, bref, brefs, nef. vif, vifs, substantif, substantifs. neuf, neufs, veuf, veufs — soif. gri-ef, gri-efs, bri-ef, bri-efs, re-liefs. juif, juifs, suif, suifs. bal, bals, mal, carnaval, chc-vaL tel, tels, quel, quels, sel, sels. vil, vils, fil, fils, civil, civils. vol, vols, bol, bols, sol, sols. 23* 270 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. nul, nuls, consul, consuls, paul. seul, seuls, ti-lleul, ti-lleuls, (11 liquid.) poil, poils, con-tre-poil. cor-di-al,* fi-li-al, ad-ver-bi-al. ci-el, ci-els, mi-el, fi-el, fi-els. char, chars, car, par, gar. pair, pairs, chair, chairs, clair, clairs. sou-pir, sou-pirs, de-sir, de-sirs. ma-jor, ma-jors, cor, cors, cas-tor. sur, surs, pur, pur, mur, murs. fleur, fleurs, pe-cheur, pe-cheurs. soeur, soeur, coeur, coeurs, moeurs, (ceu like eu.) jour, jours, tour, tours, four, fours. soir, soirs, loir, loirs, voir. pri-eur, pri-eurs, ri-eur, ri-eurs, li-eur. cuir, cuirs, fuir. * Not cor-ge-al r as in English, but cor-dee-al. XXI. 2d. Final Consonants not sounded. In the following arrangement, the first column gives the termination in the singular number, and the second its plu- ral, if it has any. The third column gives the sound of the first and second in French and English letters, the French being in Roman, and the English in Italic type. Every ter- mination included in a brace (-~^) is pronounced like the sound opposite the centre of the brace in the third column. Sing. Plurttl. Sound Examples. bas, cas, gras, pas, tas, las, ras. plat, plats, chat, chats, rat, rats, mat. drap, draps. bah ! es s amc, ames, lance, lances, perte, pertes. Bee the sound of Bflenl e explained on page 257. When figures are glTeo instead of the English sound, they denote the page to which the pupil is re fe rred for the explanation of the French sound there given. APPENDIX* 2il Sing. Plural. Sound. Examples. er ers N boucher, bouchers, berger, bergers. e es , porte, portes, charme, charmes. eh! > e ee ees a fee, fees, imitee, imitees,pillee, pillees. ez ez J nez, chez, tirez, portez, chantez. aid aids " laid, laids, plaid, plaids. aie aies plate, plaies, raie, raies, baie, baies. ai ais vrai, vrais, delai, delais, balai, balais aix aix e faix, paix, porte-faix. es es e in pres, tres, gres, proces. et ets there pret, prets, reflet, reflets, met, mets. egs egs legs. ait aits parfait, parfaits, souhait, souhaits. ait aient > il disait, ils disaient, elles chantaient id ids > ies nid, nids. ie i vie, vies, prie, pries, lie, lies. i is > , ami, amis, pli, plis, sorti, sortis. it its > x j 6 delit, delits, esprit, esprits. ix prix. oh! *\ op ops galop, galops, sirop, sirops, trop. o OS niimero, numeros, domino, dominos. ot ots lot, lots, mot, mots, pot, pots. aud auds chaud, chauds, crapaud, crapauds. ail aux tuyau, tuyaux, baux, chaux, vaux. eau eaux beau, beaux, sceau, sceaux. aut auts j saut, sauts, defaut, defauts, artichaut u us vertu, vertus, pointu, pointus. ud uds u talud, taluds. ue ues >_ ^I vue, vues, nue, nues, crue, crues. ut uts 2d8 debut, debuts, attribut, attributs. ux UX j flux, reflux. eu eux jeu, jeux, feu, feux, cheveu, cheveux 03U 03UX eu VGeu, vceux. oeud oeuds 262 nceud, nceuds. eut veut, peut, meut. 272 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Sing Plural. Sound. Examples. OU ous oud oue oup out oi oid oie oigt oit oix ia iat ie ied ier iez iet iais iait iot lea ieue uid uie uis uit our ouee ouer oux ous ouds oues oups outs j ois oids oies oigts oits oix ias les ieds iers iez iets iais iaient iots iaux ieux ieues yeux uids uics uis uits ours ou6ea OU 00 01 oo-ah ia e-ah J f in I there e-a ie 10 e~o ieu 204 264 chou, choux, bijou, bijoux, caillou. nous, vous, tous, sous, resoud, resouds, absoud, absouds. joue, joues, roue, roues, proue,proues. loup, loups, coup, coups, beaucoup. bout, bouts, gout, gouts, tout, touts. loi, lois, roi, rois, trois, fois. froid, froids, poids. voie, voies, proie, proies, foie, foies. doigt, doigts. droit, droits, toit, toits, croit, boit. choix, voix, noix, poix. acacia, acacias, tu prias, tu plias. qu'il niat, qu'il criat, qu'il liat. allie, allies, chatie, chaties, appuye. pied, pieds. papier, papiers, poirier, poiriers niez, pliez, riez, criez, liez. inquiet, inquiets. biais, niais. il niait, ils niaient, elles niaient. idiot, idiots, chariot, chariots, materiaux, bestiaux. pieu, pieux, lieu, lieux, dieu, dieux. lieue, lieues, banlieue. muid, muids. pluie, pluies, suie, truie, truies. buis, fuis, puis, suis. uuit, units, fruit, fruits, puits. jour, jours, louc, loues, noue, noues. jouee, joules, louee, louees, nouee. louer, jouer, nouer, vouer. APPENDIX. 273 Sing. Plural. Sound. Examples. ouet ouais ouait oui ouit an anc and ang ant amp end eng ent emps empt in inct ingt int aim ain aint ein eing eint on one ond ong ont omb ompt un unt um oue \ oo-e ouaient in , there ouis j ) oui > 00-e ans > ancs ands angs ants amps ends an 265 engs ents emps empts J ins i incts ingts aims in ains 265 aints ems eings eints j ons ones onds on ongs onts r 265 ombs ompts uns > unts urns d un 266 fouet, fouets, rouet, rouets, jouet. nouais, louais, jouais, vouais. nouait, nouaient, louait, louaient. enfoui, enfouis, louis. jouit, enfouit, rouit. plan, plans, cran, crans, pan, pans. blanc, blancs, franc, francs. grand, grands, gland, glands, quand. rang, rangs, etang, etangs, sang. chant, chants, gant, gants. camp, camps, champ, champs. il entend, j'entends, tu entends. hareng, harengs. dent, dents, lent, lents, vent, vents. temps. (exempt, exempts.) vin, vins, crin, crins, pin, pins. instinct, distinct, distincts. vingt, quatre-vingts. vint, souvint, tint, soutint, parvint. essaim, essaims, faim. grain, grains, pain, pains, main. saint, saints, plaint, plaints. plein, pleins, frein, freins, sein. seing, seings. peint, peints, feint, feints, ceint, bon, bons, son, sons, ton, tons. jonc, joncs, tronc, troncs, done. blond, blonds, rond, ronds, fond. long, longs. pont, ponts, mont, monts, front. plomb, plombs. prompt, prompts. brun, bruns, aucun, chacun. defunt, defunts. parfum, parfums, humble. 274 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Sin or. Plural. Sound. Examples. oin oing oint iant ien ient ion ouin oins oings oints iants iens ient ions ouins oin 266 ian 266 ien 266 ion 266 ouin 266 coin, coins, soin, soins, foin, loin, poing, poings, coing, coings. joint, joints, point, points. suppliant, suppliants, negotiants. bien, biens, mien, miens, tien. il vient, elle previent, on retient. pion, pions, lion, lions, scion, babouin, babouins, marsouin. In the preceding terminations, the vowel sounds only are heard ; but in the following, the sound of r is heard in all but the last : — ard art ards art 1 ar ar egard, egards, canard, canards, ecart, ecarts, quart, quarts. erd ert erds erts i er air je perds, tu perds, il perd. concert, concerts, couvert, couverts. ord ort ords orts \ or or accord, accords, sabord, sabords. fort, forts, mort, morts, tort, torts. ourd ourg ourt eurs ourds ourgs } our oor eur ~262 sourd, sourds, lourd, lourds. bourg, bourgs, faubourg, faubourgs, concourt, accourt, parcourt. heurt, il meurt. iard iards i lar c-ar Hard, liards, fuytird, fuyards. iert i ier r-air acquiert, requiert. ect rets 1 ec suspect, suspects.* Respect is pronounced as if written rc-spc ; in English, rspa. APPENDIX. 275 If a silent or unaccented e be placed after any of the foregoing final consonants, it forms a new syllable with them, and they are no longer silent, as has been amply shown in previous lessons. Exceptions to General Rules. In the examples, the letters to which the pupil's attention is to be directed are usually in Italic type. When the whole word is in Italic, it means that there are more examples of a similar kind with the word in Italic. As it is sometimes easier to mark the pronunciation in one language than in the other, when the sound is not given in both languages, an F. or E. determines whether the sound given is French or English, except when it is the same in both. C like g. Second, seconde, seconder, secondement. S like Z, not between two vowels. Alsace, balsamine, balsamique, transition, transitoire, transi- ger, transaction, transitif, intransitif, transeat. S with the hissing sound, between vowels. Contreseigner, desuetude, entresol, gisant, havresac, mono- syllabe, parasol, preseance, presupposer, vraisemblance, vraisemblable, and other compound words. t like S.* Action, actfionner, acrionnaire, addition, additionner, addi- tiojinel, ambition, caution, ambifionner, cautfionner, condi- tion, conditfionner, cond'tfionnel, confection, confecfion- ner, constitution, correction, constitu^ionnel, correcrionnel, diction, dicfionnaire, expedition, expedi£ionnaire, fraction, frac£ionnaire, intension, mention, inten^ionnel, menfionner, nation, national, petition, peti^ionnaire, precaution, pre- cau^ionner, revolution, revolu£ionnaire, sanction, sanc- tfionner, station, statfionnaire, and in all substantives in tion, except when tion is preceded by s or x. * T is only pronounced s when it is followed by a diphthong begin- ning with i. 216 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. Argnrie, aristocrarie, burocra/ie, democrarie, diploma/ie, epizoofie, eutroperie, face/ie, imperirie, ineptie, minute, propherie, supremarie. Balbulier, inirier, sariete. Patience, patient , pati enter , impatience, quotient, pati emment, impatiemment, s'impatienter. , , Caperien, Dioclerien, Domirien, Egyprien, Egyprienne, Helverien, Helvetfienne. Initial, iniriale, initiative, partial, parriale, impartial, impar- riale, parrialite, impartiality, parriaux, imparriaux, mar- rial, marriale, nuptial, nupriale, iniria, balburia, and in all w or ds in tial and tiale. Confidence!, confidenrielle, difference!, differenrielle, essen- t'ie\, essenrielle, consubstanriel, consubstanrielle, parcel, parrielle, pestilence!, pestilenCelle, and in all words in tiel and tielle. AmbiCeux, ambiCeuse, capCeux, capCeuse, faceCeux, face- Ceuse, facCeux, facCeuse, contenCeux, contenCeuse, sediCeux, sediCeuse, and in all words in tieux and tieuse. ess like e-ss.* Essai, essay ee, essaim, essanger. eff like e-ff.* EfTet, effacer, efficace, effrayer, and in all words com- mencing with eff. CC like k-S.f Arrent, arrelere, arressible, arrident, succes, snrression, succeder, Occident, occipital, and in all words in which double c is followed by e or i. dd like d-d.f Addition, ar/r/itioiinrr, ar/r/itionnel, a<7r/ucteur, ar/r/uction. The hyphen shows that the 83 and f are in a ditiorent syllable firoin the e, which, though unaccented, is sounded like English «. These are exceptions to the rule, that double consonants should be sounded as one, and not separated in spelling the wc^rd. A is con- sul. -rod a double consonant. APPENDIX. 277 gg like hard g-j.* Su^erer, suggestion. 11 like 1-1.* AZZegorie, aZZegorique, ApoZZon, coZZeter, coZZationner (a manuscript), coZZegiale, flageZZation, gaZZicisme, gaZ/icane, he/Zenisme, heZZenique, heZZespont, inteZZigence, inteZZi- gent, inte/Zigible, iZZegal, iZZegitime, iZZitere, iZZusion, iZZu- soire, and in all words beginning with ill. Millenaire, millesime, pa/Zier, puZZuler, sateZZite, syZZogisme, vaciller, vacillation. rr like r-r.* Aberration, abhorrer, concurrence, concurrent, errer, erreur, horreur, horrible, interregne, irregulier, irregu- larite, irriter, irritation, irrigation, and in all words be- ginning with irr. Terrestre, terreur, terrible, torrent, torride, je courrai, tu courras, il courra, je courrais, tu parcourras, il mourrait, tu acquerrais, and in the future and conditional of the verbs acquerir, courir, parcourir, mourir. tt like t-t.* A^ique, a^icisme, guttural, pittoresque, attitude. X like hard g-Z.* Examiner, exemple, exercer, exil, exiler, exister, existence, exorde, exorciser, exorcisme, exhalaison, exhausser, exhi- ber, exhorter, exhumer, hexacorde, hexametre, and in all words beginning with ex or hex, followed by a vowel or an h. Preexister, preexistence. X like z.* Deuxieme, deuxiemement, sixieme, sixain, sixiemement, dixieme, dixiemement, dixhuit, Xavier. X I ke S* with the hissing sound, Soixante, soixantaine, soixantieme, Auxerre, Aurerrois, Bruxelles, Bruxellois, Auxonne, JTaintonge, and at the end of the words Aix, Cadix, dix, six. * See note t, p. 270. 24 278 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. ai like e F. or a E. Mai, quai, j'ai, j'aurai, j'aimaz, j' aimer ai, ]e chanta/, je chanterai, je travaillm, je travailleroi, je planto, je plan- ter^', je dir ai, je ferai, je donnm, je donnera/, and at the end of all verbs in the preterite and future. ai like unaccented e F.* Bienfazsance, bienfafsant, feasant, satisfa/sant, fafsan, fai- sander, fatsandeau. eu, eue, eus, eut, #£e u F. Eu, eue, j'eus, tu eus, il eut, nous eumes, vous elites, Us eurent, que j'eusse, que tu eusses, qu'il eut, que nous eus- sions, que vous eussiez, qu'ils eussent. Gageure, mangewre, lacea-re, vergewre. 01 like e K Foiblesse, foible, foiblement, connoissance, connoitre, re- connoitre, reconnoissance, paroitre, comparoitre, dispa- roitre, je portois, je porterois, tu disois, tu dirois, il diroit, and in all imperfect and conditional tenses of verbs. ch like k. AnacAorete, ancAylose, areAange, AcAab, Anacharsis, arcAi- episcopat, arcAiepiscopal, ArcAonte, arcAai'sme, arcAetipe, bracAial, Bacchus, baccAie, baccAante, baccAanale, cAaos, cAceur, cAoriste, Chorus, CAanaan, catecAumene, cAiro- mancie, cAiromancien,cAersonnese, CAaldee, cAakleen,cAi- rographie, cAeronee, e^Ao, eurAaristie, CAieti, Civita-vec- cAia, MekAisedech, MicAel-ange, lichen, irAtyologie, icA- nographie, irAoreux, Mac/iabees, lorA, Lachesis, NaburAo- donozor, patriarcAat, technique, philotecAnie, philoterA- nique, polytecAnique,pyrotecAnie, pyrotecAnique, terAnolo- gie, orcAestre, orcAestique, tarAygraphie, tacAygraphe, va- recA. gn lih hard g-n. Ag-nus, ag-nat, ag-nation, ag-natique, cog-nat, cog-nation, diacr-nostic, g-nostique, ig-ne, ig-nition, inexpug-nable, ig-nicole, pig-noratif, Prog-ne, reg-nicole, stag-nant, Ma g-n ante, stag-nation. * That is, in fact, as if no ai were there. APPENDIX. 279 ill not liquid, Achille, arrm'ZZaire, codiczVZe, disU'ZZer, je distz'ZZe, tu disU'ZZes, il disU'ZZe, &>c, imbec/ZZe, imbeciZZite, mille, Lille, pupzZZe, scinU'ZZer, scintz'ZZation, sybi'ZZe, tranqm'ZZite, tranqmZZiser, tranqiuZZe, tranquz'ZZement, \ille, village. qil not like k, 6wf as in English, Aquzdor, ag^arelle, agwatique, agwatile, colligation, colli- gwatif, egu&teur, equation, in-^warto, logwace, ^wadruple, g^adrupede, tpadrupler, g^adrige, gwadrangulaire, quad- rature (du cercle), gwadragesime, gwadragenaire, g^ad- rilatere, gwadricolor, ^wadrinome, gwaterne,